Ricoh 2400L manual

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926

Ir para a página of

Bom manual de uso

As regras impõem ao revendedor a obrigação de fornecer ao comprador o manual com o produto Ricoh 2400L. A falta de manual ou informações incorretas fornecidas ao consumidor são a base de uma queixa por não conformidade do produto com o contrato. De acordo com a lei, pode anexar o manual em uma outra forma de que em papel, o que é frequentemente utilizado, anexando uma forma gráfica ou manual electrónicoRicoh 2400L vídeos instrutivos para os usuários. A condição é uma forma legível e compreensível.

O que é a instrução?

A palavra vem do latim "Instructio" ou instruir. Portanto, no manual Ricoh 2400L você pode encontrar uma descrição das fases do processo. O objetivo do manual é instruir, facilitar o arranque, a utilização do equipamento ou a execução de determinadas tarefas. O manual é uma coleção de informações sobre o objeto / serviço, um guia.

Infelizmente, pequenos usuários tomam o tempo para ler o manual Ricoh 2400L, e um bom manual não só permite conhecer uma série de funcionalidades adicionais do dispositivo, mas evita a formação da maioria das falhas.

Então, o que deve conter o manual perfeito?

Primeiro, o manual Ricoh 2400L deve conte:
- dados técnicos do dispositivo Ricoh 2400L
- nome do fabricante e ano de fabricação do dispositivo Ricoh 2400L
- instruções de utilização, regulação e manutenção do dispositivo Ricoh 2400L
- sinais de segurança e certificados que comprovam a conformidade com as normas pertinentes

Por que você não ler manuais?

Normalmente, isso é devido à falta de tempo e à certeza quanto à funcionalidade específica do dispositivo adquirido. Infelizmente, a mesma ligação e o arranque Ricoh 2400L não são suficientes. O manual contém uma série de orientações sobre funcionalidades específicas, a segurança, os métodos de manutenção (mesmo sobre produtos que devem ser usados), possíveis defeitos Ricoh 2400L e formas de resolver problemas comuns durante o uso. No final, no manual podemos encontrar as coordenadas do serviço Ricoh na ausência da eficácia das soluções propostas. Atualmente, muito apreciados são manuais na forma de animações interessantes e vídeos de instrução que de uma forma melhor do que o o folheto falam ao usuário. Este tipo de manual é a chance que o usuário percorrer todo o vídeo instrutivo, sem ignorar especificações e descrições técnicas complicadas Ricoh 2400L, como para a versão papel.

Por que ler manuais?

Primeiro de tudo, contem a resposta sobre a construção, as possibilidades do dispositivo Ricoh 2400L, uso dos acessórios individuais e uma gama de informações para desfrutar plenamente todos os recursos e facilidades.

Após a compra bem sucedida de um equipamento / dispositivo, é bom ter um momento para se familiarizar com cada parte do manual Ricoh 2400L. Atualmente, são cuidadosamente preparados e traduzidos para sejam não só compreensíveis para os usuários, mas para cumprir a sua função básica de informação

Índice do manual

  • Página 1

    OPERA T OR’S MANUAL RICOH F AX2400L Please read all of thes e instructions and keep this manual by your mac hine.[...]

  • Página 2

    Optional Equi pment Memory (FEA TURE EXP ANDER TYPE 100 2M, FEA TURE EXP ANDER TYPE 100 4M) Eith er a 2-Mb yte memory card or a 4-Mbyt e memo ry card can be adde d. PC Printer Inter fac e Kit (PRI NTER INTE RF ACE TYPE 100) This allows you to use the machin e as a lase r p rint er fo r an IB M 1 o r compa tible perso nal compu ter . T elephone Hand[...]

  • Página 3

    WARNING: This equipme nt has been teste d and found t o comply with the limits for a Cla ss A digital d evice, pursuan t to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designe d to provide reaso nable pro tection a gainst harmfu l inte rferen ce when th e equipme nt is opera ted in a co mmercial en vironment. This eq uipment g enera tes, uses, and c[...]

  • Página 4

    Notice about the Telephon e Consumer P rotect ion Act (Valid in the USA o nly) Att ention p lease! The Te lephone Consume r Prote ction A ct of 199 1 among o ther thin gs makes it unla wful fo r any person to sen d any messag e via a t eleph one fax ma chine unle ss such messa ge clearly con tains in a margin at th e top or b otto m of each transmi[...]

  • Página 5

    1. Re ad all o f th ese in structio ns. 2. Save these inst ruction s f or lat er use . 3. Follow all warnings and instru ctio ns marke d on the prod uct . 4. Unplug th is prod uct from th e wall ou tle t befo re clea nin g. Do not use liqu id cleaners or aero sol cleane rs. Use a damp clot h fo r cleaning . 5 . D o not us e t hi s pro duc t ne ar w[...]

  • Página 6

    T able of Contents INTRODU CT ION 1 SOME O F THE THINGS THA T THIS MACHINE CAN DO 2 HOW T O USE THIS MAN UAL 4 MANUAL OVER VI EW 4 CONVE NTIONS 5 Keyn ames 5 Displays 5 Symbols 6 GENE RAL PRECAUTIONS 7 POWER AND GROUNDING 7 COLD WEA THER POWE R-UP 8 THUNDERST ORMS 8 COPY P APER 9 TO NER CARTRIDG ES 9 OPERA TING PRECAUTIO NS 9 GENERAL 10 GUIDE T O C[...]

  • Página 7

    ADV ANCED FEA TURE S 42 TRANSMISSI ON 42 T ransf er Req ue st 42 Programmin g Keystro kes 47 Sendin g Confid en tial Me ssag es 50 Storing an Ofte n Used Docume nt (A ut o Docu men t) 53 Restrict ing Acce ss to the Ma chine 56 T onal Signals 60 Storing Part of a Numb er 62 Closed Network (T ransmission) 64 Preve nt ing T ransf er t o a W rong Conne[...]

  • Página 8

    Report Forma ts 1 21 USER-I NITIA TED REPORTS 123 Descript ions of A vailable Rep orts 123 LOOKING AFTE R THE MACH INE 126 REPLACI NG P APER 126 REPLACING THE T ONE R CASS ETTE AND CLEANI NG P AD 127 Repla cement Proce dure 127 USER MAINTENANCE PRO CEDURE S 129 Clean ing Re fe ren ce T able 129 Cleaning Proce dure 130 Cleaning the Co rona Wire 133 [...]

  • Página 9

    APPENDIX A INST ALLA TION AND INITIAL SETTINGS 163 LOCA TION 163 A TT ACHING THE DOCUMENT T ABLE AND DOCUMENT TRA Y 164 INST ALLING THE PHOT OCONDUCT OR, TONER CAS SETTE AND CLEANING P AD 165 CONNECTING THE MACHINE 167 LOADING P APER IN THE CASSETTE 168 A TT ACHING THE OPTIO NAL HANDSET 170 INST ALLING THE O PTIONAL FEA TURE EXP ANDER 170 SOME I TE[...]

  • Página 10

    Than k you fo r purch asing th is prod uct . This mult i-funct ion of fice machine of fers a wide range of fax, cop ier , print er , and convenie nt featu res. What Do es a Fax Mac hine Do? The fax machine sc ans your letter , and converts it into a ser ies of black and white dots (the number of dots that there are ac ross and down the page depends[...]

  • Página 11

    SOME OF THE THI NGS THA T THIS MACHINE CAN DO This machin e ha s many fe ature s. Here is a sample of what the machin e can do. Sending a Fax to More Than O ne Location See page 20. Network Featur e (T ransfer Request) See page 42. Restricting Access to the Machine See page 56. Quick Dial, Speed Dial, and Group Dial See page 177. Confidential Commu[...]

  • Página 12

    Keystroke Progr ams See page 47. Auto Document (sends a c ommonly transmitted page with one touch) See page 53. Authorized Reception (cuts out junk fax mail) See page 77. Batch T ransmission See page 67. T ransmission Deadline See page 29. Protection against Wr ong Connections See page 65. Forwarding See page 80. See page 1 12. Printer Interface IN[...]

  • Página 13

    MANUAL OVER VIEW Y our fa csimile mach ine is equip pe d with a wide ran ge of lab or-sa ving and cost-sa ving featu res. This ma nual exp lains e ach of th ese feat ure s, and ho w you can pu t th em to use. Note that th e extern al appe ara nce of the mach ine in some illustra tio ns may be slight ly dif ferent from the actual ma chin e. The man [...]

  • Página 14

    CONVENTIONS The followin g con ven tio ns were used when writ ing this man ual . Keynam es These have bee n prin te d in a bold typ eface . For examp le: Wh en you see a command in bo ld such as " Sta rt " mean s "Pre ss the Start ke y o n th e op eratio n pa nel". On th e opera tion pa ne l, th ere are fo ur arrow ke ys (up, do[...]

  • Página 15

    Most pro ced ure s start from stand by mod e, that is, whe n the disp lay is a s shown on th e right . Th e value a ft er " " shows h ow much memory space is rema ining. NOTE : If you start a procedure and do not enter anything at the operation panel for more than 5 minutes, the machine returns to standby mode. Symbols The text con ta ins[...]

  • Página 16

    WARNING: Do not att empt any ma inten ance or troublesh ootin g other t han that me ntion ed in this ma nual. This ma chine co ntain s a laser beam generat or and dire ct expo sure to laser beams ca n cause perma nent eye damag e. POWER AND GROUNDING Pay atte nt ion to the fo llowin g. Power S upply 1. Power requ ireme nt s: 1 15 V , 60 Hz 2. Inse [...]

  • Página 17

    COLD WEA THER POWER-UP A void ra ising t he room tempe rature abru ptly when it is below 57 ° F , or co nden sation may form insid e th e mach ine . 1. Raise th e roo m temp era ture to 68 ° F at le ss than 1 8 ° F p er hour . 2. W ait for 30 to 60 minu te s. 3. T urn the power on. Do not use the machine nea r a humi difi er . THUNDERSTORMS With[...]

  • Página 18

    COPY P APER ❐ 16 to 24 lb. copy pa pe r is recommen de d: lett er or leg al sizes are the most commonly use d. ❐ Do not use damp pa per , or copies will be defe ctive . ❐ Do not touch cop y paper if you r fing ers are wet or oily; fing erp rints may app ear on th e c opy . ❐ Keep paper in a vinyl bag if it will not be used for a lon g time.[...]

  • Página 19

    GENERAL ❐ Read the I mporta nt S afety Informa tion at t he f ront of t his man ual. ❐ Since some parts of the machin e are supp lied with hig h volt ag e, make sure that you do not attemp t an y repa irs or att emp t to access any part of the machine excep t th ose d escribed in this manual. ❐ Do not ma ke mod ifica tio ns or rep lacemen ts [...]

  • Página 20

    1. MAIN BODY 1 Document T able 2 Document Guide 3 Operation Panel 4 Power Switch 5 Document T ray 6 Paper Cassette 7 Copy T ray GUIDE T O COMPONENTS 7 6 1 2 3 4 5 GUIDE TO COMPONENTS 11[...]

  • Página 21

    2. OPERA TION P ANEL 1. Communicat ing Indicato r Lights when a fax message is being tr ansmitted or received. Receive File Indicato r Lights when an incoming message was r eceived into memory . Blinks when a confidential reception file or memor y lock file has been stored in the memory . Check Display Indicato r Lights when some error oc curs. See[...]

  • Página 22

    2. Display Displays prompts, war nings, and selected modes . Printer Key Press this when you wish to enter the printer mode. Funct ion Key Press to use one of the numbered functions explained in this manual. Y es/No Keys Use to answer questions on the dis play . Scroll Key When an arrow is shown on the dis play , use this key to acces s the options[...]

  • Página 23

    SENDING A F AX MESSAGE Pr ecautions Conc ernin g Unacc eptab le Docum ent T ypes Before you send you r documen t, make sure that it mee ts th e fo llowin g requireme nts. Caution: Do cument s that do no t meet these require ments ca n cause your machin e to jam or ma y cause so me compo nent s of th e machin e to beco me damage d or dirty. * The sh[...]

  • Página 24

    Page Condi tion Do n ot p lace d amaged pages in the aut omatic docume nt f eeder . Origin als that cont ain the follo wing mate rials sho uld not be pla ced in the docu men t fe ed er . Make cop ies of the se orig ina ls and scan th e cop ies. NOTE: Copies mad e with a copier t hat use s silicone oil may cau se a misfe ed . T o avoid th is, do not[...]

  • Página 25

    T ransmission Procedur e at a Glance Overview There are two ways to sen d a fa x message: ❐ Immediat e T ransmission ❐ Memory T ransmission Sending Quickly (I mmediate T ransmissio n) This f eature is known as I mmedi ate T ransmi ssion . This is conven ient whe n: ❐ Y ou wish to send a messag e immed iat ely . ❐ Y ou quickly wish to check [...]

  • Página 26

    Scanning Quickly (Me mory T ransmissio n) This f eature is known as Memory T r ans mi ss ion . This is conven ient be cause: ❐ Fax messag es can be scanned much more quickly (you can take your docume nt away fro m the fax mach ine wit ho ut waitin g to o long). ❐ While you r fax messa ge is being sent , an ot he r user can ope rat e th e machin[...]

  • Página 27

    Sending to Jus t One Location 1. Make sure that the machin e is in standb y mode: The displa y on th e op era tio n pa ne l must be a s shown on the right. 2. Care fully p lace your fa x messag e face down into the au to d ocumen t feed er . NOTE: Y ou can dia l wit hout placing th e message in the f eeder first. Place th e do cume nt aft er you di[...]

  • Página 28

    3. Dial in one of the following ways. a) T en Keypad b) Quick Dial c ) Speed Dial d) Handset ✬ ✬ : Only if the telephone handset is installed. If your machine is behind a PBX, dial the access code, then a pause, then the telephone number. For an international number, press the Pause key after entering the country code. 4. Start . 5. The machin [...]

  • Página 29

    Sending to Mor e Than One Location (Br oadcasting) 1. Make su re th at t he machin e is in standb y mode (se e page 18). 2. Make sure th at the Me mory ind icat or is lit. If it is not, press Mem ory . 3. Place your fa x messag e face do wn int o the fe ed er . ❐ Y o u ca n di al w ith ou t pl ac in g th e me ssag e in t he fee der f irst. Pl ace[...]

  • Página 30

    5. Ye s . 6. Eithe r: ❐ Dial another numb er: Go to step 4. ❐ Press Star t . The machin e will dial th e first dest ina tio n (or , if you selecte d Send Late r , it will return to sta nd by mod e an d th e fa x messag e will be sent at the time th at you selecte d). NOTE: In t heory, you can send the same fa x message to up to 132 diff erent d[...]

  • Página 31

    Possible Pr oblems Y ou w ant to take out the document Ope n th e scan ne r , a nd ta ke ou t th e do cume nt. Caution: Do not pull o ut th e documen t witho ut open ing th e scann er, or yo u will damage the ma chine. Y ou want to s end more than 30 pages While th e last pag e is bein g fe d in, place more pa ge s (up to 30) in th e fe eder . Y ou[...]

  • Página 32

    Send ing a Page w ith V ery Fine Detail Y ou may wish to send many dif ferent types of fax messa ge . So me of the se may be dif ficult to repro du ce at the othe r end. However , your machine has thre e sett ing s tha t you can ad just to he lp you tran smit you r d ocu men t with the best possib le imag e qualit y . If yo u are not sure whe ther [...]

  • Página 33

    Contrast The te xt and dia grams in your do cume nt must sta nd out cle arly fro m the paper they are writt en on. If you r docu men t ha s a darke r backg rou nd than normal (fo r example, a newspaper clipp ing ), or if th e writin g is fain t, adju st th e contra st. The re ar e t hre e gra de s. Normal: Su itable for most d ocumen ts. Dark en: U[...]

  • Página 34

    Selecting the Halftone T ype This model has two types of Half to ne: th e Dith er Pro cess an d the hig her q uality Error Dif f usio n Process. T o change the currently used Half to ne typ e, perfo rm the follo wing proce dure. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 and Ye s . 2. Ye s . The sett ing s for switch 00 are now shown on the bot to m lin e of the di[...]

  • Página 35

    3. The sett ings for switch 00 are now shown on the botto m line of t he displa y . D i g i t 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 The digits are numbered fr om 7 to 0; the setting of digit 7 is shown at the left side of the display and digit 0 is at the right. The se tting s that you may nee d to chan ge are those for dig its 0, 1, 2, 3 , 4, 5, 6, and 7. The funct ion[...]

  • Página 36

    Optional Features for T ransmission When you make a rout ine tran smission , you can access a few optio nal featu res. These option s are only availa ble if " " ca n be seen in t he t op rig ht co rner of th e disp lay . Personal Code Perso na l Code s do th e fo llowin g. ❐ They allo w you to keep track of machin e usa ge (for exa mple[...]

  • Página 37

    If you inpu t you r Perso nal Code, you r name will appear on t he TCR an d T ransmission Resu lt Rep ort . 1. Press and make sure th at the displa y is as shown oppo site . 2. Ye s . 3. En ter t he p ersonal co de. Example : 7 3 6 2 4. Ye s . See page 57 for details on how to pro- gram t he Perso nal Codes a nd their la - bels. Sending at a Specif[...]

  • Página 38

    2. Exa mple : Send at 1 1:30pm. 1 1 3 0 from th e te n k eyp ad . T o chang e AM/P M, press ∗ or # on the ten keyp ad . 3. Ye s . ❐ The Sen d La te r time ca nn ot be more th an 24 hour s i nt o th e futu re. Sending by a Specific T i me (TRD) (Featur e Expan der Requir ed) This f eature is ca lled T ransmi ss ion Dea dli ne . If you r messag e[...]

  • Página 39

    Printing th e Page Number (Immed iate T ransmiss ion only) When your fa x messag e is printed at the ot her end, pa ge numb ers will be prin te d on th e to p of each page. Using th e Page Coun t fe ature , you can select th e fo rmat in which the page numb ers are print ed. If you use Page Count: ❐ Page numbe rs will be printed in batch-n umb er[...]

  • Página 40

    Sending Y our Identi ficati on at th e T op of Y our Mess age Normally , the TTI progra mmed in your mach ine is printe d at the top of ea ch of t he pages you tran smit whe n th ey are receive d at the other en d. The top of th e ima ge will be overprint ed if there is no marg in at the top of the tra nsmit ted page . In some cases, you may wish t[...]

  • Página 41

    Send ing Quickly Proced ure If you do not wish to store the fax messa ge in memory be fo re sen din g it out, use the f ollowing proce dure. ❐ The advan tage s and drawb acks of Imme diate T ransmission an d Me mory T ransmission are discussed on pages 16 and 17. 1. Make su re th at t he machin e is in standb y mode (se e page 18). 2. Make sure t[...]

  • Página 42

    Immediate T ransmi ss ion as Y our Fi rst Choi c e The defa ult mode of your ma chin e is Memory T ransmission. If you wish, you can change this ho me posit ion to Imme diate T ransmission . The pro ced ure is as follows (see pag e 156 if you need more info rmat ion about the User Para met er set tin gs adjust men t pro ced ure ) . 1. Function 6 2 [...]

  • Página 43

    Redialing If a message was not tran smitt ed successf ully , that does not mean tha t you have to enter t he tele ph one nu mbe r again. In many cases, the machin e will redia l the destina tion auto mat ically . Or , with the Redial key , you can red ial with just a few keystro kes. Automatic Redial ing The machine will automat ically red ial the [...]

  • Página 44

    RECEIVING F A X MESSAGES Selec ting th e Rece ption M ode There are two ways to set up your machin e to receive fax messa ge s. ❐ Auto Rece ive Mod e ❐ Manual Rece ive Mod e Press th e rece pt ion mode key to switch bet wee n th e mod es. Auto Receive Mode This mod e is se lect ed whe n t he Au to Rece ive in dicato r is lit. Inco ming faxe s a[...]

  • Página 45

    1. The machine rings con tinuo usly until you answe r the call. Pick up the handse t. 2. If you hear a voice from the other en d, spea k in reply . If you hear a tone every few secon ds, the other end is a fax te rmina l. NOTE: Remo ve an y docu men ts th at are in the fe ed er . 3. If the pe rson at th e ot her end wishes to send you a fa x messag[...]

  • Página 46

    Switching Su bstitute Recepti on On or Off There are two conditio ns un de r which you may wish to disa ble this fe at ure . ❐ If you d o n ot like ke ep ing rece ived fax messa ge s in me mory: Afte r you r machine has rece ived a fax message to memo ry , it sends an OK signal t o the othe r end . Howe ver , if somet hin g ha pp en s to you r ma[...]

  • Página 47

    TELEPHONE CALLS A handse t is required to exe cut e the pro ced ures in this sect ion . Y ou can use you r f ax mach ine for dia ling in the same way as you would use a tele phon e. This is usefu l when calling fax mach ine s that are u sua lly kep t in Manual Rece ive Mod e, as well as for te lep ho ne conve rsat ions. ❐ Y ou can d ial using Qui[...]

  • Página 48

    Using the H andset Using the fax ma chin e’ s b uilt-in or opt ion al ha ndset , you can use the fax mach ine in the same way as a normal te lep ho ne. Pick up the han dse t and dia l on th e fax machin e’ s ten-keypad (or use a Quick Dial key or Spee d Dial Cod e if you wish ). 1. Pick up the handse t. 2. Dial. See pa ge 19 fo r how to dia l. [...]

  • Página 49

    Answering the T elephone If the telephone ri ngs jus t once: A fax is coming in. Do not pick up th e ha nd set . If the telephone ri ngs conti nuousl y: 1. Pick up th e ha nd set and spea k to th e ot her pa rt y . If you he ar a hig h-p itch ed ton e, a fax is coming in. Press Star t th en h ang up . 2. If th e calle r want s to send you a fax, pr[...]

  • Página 50

    6. Rep lace t he han dset. Do n ot re place the hand set if you wish to spea k t o the othe r p arty a gain. When your mach ine emits a tone, pre ss Stop th en s p eak . Speaker and Buzzer V olume Adjustments Y our mach ine has a built in spe ake r . With this spe ake r , you can listen to the teleph one line without picking up the handset . The sp[...]

  • Página 51

    ADV ANCED FEA TURES TRANSMISSION T ransfer Request T ransfer Req ue st he lps you save cost s when you sen d th e same messag e to more than one p lace in a d istant area . Y ou sen d you r messa ge on ce, to a machin e ref erre d to as a T ransfer St ation . In turn, this ma chin e send s on th e messag e t o lo cal ma chin es (refe rred to as E n[...]

  • Página 52

    Before you can start to set up tra nsf er req ue st, the re are some items tha t you have to pro gra m in your machine . These are as f ollo ws. ❐ Y our Fax Ma chin e’ s Own T elephone Numbe r ❐ The ID Cod e Storing your Machi ne’ s Own T elephon e Number Stor e you r fax te rmina l’ s tele phon e nu mbe r using this fe ature . If you do [...]

  • Página 53

    Storing the I D Code Before programmin g th e ID Code, confer with other use rs in your fa x network to agree on an ID Code. This is because commu nica tio ns usin g ID Code s will fa il if the code s are no t th e same . The ID Cod e can be any four-d igit cod e (using digits 0 to 9 and let te rs A to F), except 00 00 and FFFF . In addit ion to th[...]

  • Página 54

    Programmi ng the ID code T o store an ID Code, do the follo wing . 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 an d Ye s . 2. Pre ss u ntil the opposite displa y appea rs. 3. Ye s . 4. Input the ID Cod e that you will be usin g. Example : 4 3 6 3 ❐ Do not use 0000 or FFFF . 5. Ye s an d Function . Editing the I D Code If you want to cha nge th e ID cod e, do the f[...]

  • Página 55

    3. Function 1 3 and Ye s . 4. Input th e te lep ho ne numbe r of th e T rans- fer St at ion , then p res s Ye s . ❐ This mac hine must be of the same manuf ac tu rer as yours, and it mu st be ab le to act as a Transf er S tat io n. 5. Input the End Rece ivers f or t his T ransf er Stat ion. Y ou must use Quick Dials, Speed Dials, or Gr ou ps that[...]

  • Página 56

    Pr ogramming Keystrokes Overview If you re gularly tra nsmit to a particular de stin at ion or set of dest ina tio ns usin g the same fe at ure s, you can save a lot of repe tit ive key pa d op era tio ns by storing the featu res and de stin at ion s in a Keystroke Prog ram. Keyst roke Prog rams are store d in Qu ick Dial keys. ❐ If you store a K[...]

  • Página 57

    Storing a Keyst roke Pr ogram 1. Make sure that the machin e is in standb y mode (see pag e 18). 2. Place a shee t of pap er in th e fe ed er . ❐ Skip st ep 2 if yo u are makin g a Pol li ng Rece pt io n pro gram. 3. Select all req uired f ea tures (su ch as T rans- fer Re qu est ) and tele ph on e nu mbe r s a s you wo uld n ormally do. ❐ Co n[...]

  • Página 58

    5. Ye s . 6. Eith er: ❐ Lab el an ot her p rog ram : G o to s t ep 2 . ❐ Return to sta nd by: Function . Using a Pr ogram Before using a prog ram, make sure that th e mach ine is in stand by mod e (see page 18 for details). T ransmission Pr og ram 1. Pla ce you r docu ment in th e fe eder . 2. Press t he prog rammed Qu ick Dial key . ❐ The pr[...]

  • Página 59

    Erasing a Pr ogram When you wish to dele te a Keyst roke p rogram, do th e followin g. 1. Function 3 4 and Ye s . 2. Pre ss t he Quick Dial key th at hold s the progra m that you wish to erase, or scroll the Qu ick Dials using and . Example : Qu ick Dial key 08. 3. Pre ss Ye s . 4. No . 5. T o dele te t he prog ram: Ye s . 6. Eith er: ❐ Edit or e[...]

  • Página 60

    NOTE: ❐ The machin e at the oth er en d must have enoug h memo ry space avail- able and it must have the Confid ential Re ceptio n fe ature . ❐ This is a propriet ary fe at ure , an d as such it only fu nct ion s with ma- chine s pr od uce d by th e same ma nu fa ctu rer that have this fe ature . ❐ Befo re sen din g a confid entia l messag e,[...]

  • Página 61

    Proced ure T o set up a confidentia l tran smission , do the follo wing . 1. Place your docu men t in th e feed er . 2. Function 1 2 an d Ye s . 3. Dial then press Ye s . 4. Eithe r: ❐ Dial another numb er: Go to step 3. ❐ Press Star t . Confid ential ID Overri de Opti on This proce du re will overrid e th e Con fid entia l ID store d in th e o[...]

  • Página 62

    Storing an Of ten Us e d Docume nt (Au to Docume nt) Overview If you oft en find that you have to sen d a pa rticu lar pa ge to pe op le (fo r examp le, a map, a stan dard at tachme nt, or a set of instruct ion s), sto re that page in th e memory as an Au to Docu ment, usin g a Q uick Dial key . This f eature is ca lled Auto Document . Then , whe n[...]

  • Página 63

    5. Ye s . The d ocumen t is sca nned . 6. E ith er: If yo u lab el th is docu ment: Ye s . If no : No and go to ste p 9. 7. Inpu t a lab el usin g th e Quick Dia l keys. 8. Ye s . 9. Eith er: ❐ Progra m ano ther Au to Do cume nt; place the docu men t th at you wan t to be an Auto Docu ment an d go to step 3. ❐ Finish: Function . NOTE: Y ou can [...]

  • Página 64

    5. Eith er: ❐ Dial another numb er: go to step 4. ❐ No more dest inatio ns: press Start . NOTE: If you sen d th e message to more than on e loca tio n, and you en te r the Q uick Dia l key wh ich co ntain s the A ut o Do cume nt, it will be at - tache d to all d estina tions. Printing th e Conten ts of an Auto Documen t If you need t o re mind [...]

  • Página 65

    Restricting Acce ss to the Machine Overview When your mach ine arrives from the fact ory and is insta lled for th e first time, anyb ody ca n use it. Howe ver , using a system of Perso na l Code s, th e mach ine can be set up to pre ven t unauth orized pe rson s from using th e ma chine. The nece ssary pro ced ure s are given in th e followin g sec[...]

  • Página 66

    Each user can be given a Pe rson al Code. While progra mming, you can store th e follo wing items with e ach P ersonal Co de: ❐ A name: This will b e printe d on reports, such as t he TCR, t o iden tif y th e u sers of t he ma chine. ❐ A Confident ial ID: This mu st be dif ferent for ea ch P erso na l Cod e, an d d if ferent from your mach ine [...]

  • Página 67

    6. Inpu t a na me fo r this Pe rson al Cod e using th e Qu ick Dial keys or the ten key- pad. Example : JOHNS ON How to e nt er th e la be l; s ee p age 15 4. ❐ If yo u so n ot w i sh t o stor e a n ID: No . Go to ste p 8. 7. Sto re th e na m e: Ye s . Either: ❐ If you d o not ha ve an o pti on al fe atur e exp ande r , go to ste p 8. ❐ If yo[...]

  • Página 68

    7. Either: ❐ If you d o not ha ve an o pti on al fe atur e exp ande r , go to ste p 8. ❐ Edit the Con fiden tia l ID store d with this cod e; press Ye s then inpu t the ID. When t he ID is correct, press Ye s . 8. Either: ❐ Ent er or ed it an ot her co de : Go t o ste p 2. ❐ Finish: Function . Switching Restricted Acces s On Restrict ed Acc[...]

  • Página 69

    5. If you wish to chan ge the setting , pre ss 4 on th e te n keyp ad . 6. Finish: Ye s an d Function . Operating the Mach ine with Restri cted Acces s Switch ed On If you ha ve swit che d Re strict ed Acce ss on , t he disp lay is as sho wn b elo w whe n the ma chine is in st andby mode . Before you can use th e mach ine, you must ente r your pe r[...]

  • Página 70

    Program the T on e Key 1. Function 3 1 and Ye s . 2. Pr ess th e Quic k Dia l ke y 31 . 3. Ye s . 4. Ye s . The Quick Dial key 31 is pro - grammed as t he T one key . Operating the T o ne Key 1. Make sure that th e mach ine is in stand by mod e, and tha t th ere is no docu men t in the fe ed er . 2. Pick up the teleph on e ha nd set , or pre ss On [...]

  • Página 71

    Storing Pa rt of a Number This f eature is ca lled Chain Dia li ng . It allows yo u to compo se a te lep ho ne numb er fro m variou s part s, some of which may be stored as Quick Dial keys or Speed Dial cod es, and some of which may be inp ut at th e key pa d. For examp le, you can program commo nly use d area or cou ntry co des in to Speed Dial co[...]

  • Página 72

    Exampl e: 01 133-1-5553333 (From the USA to Paris). Assuming that the follo wing Quick Dial and Spee d Dial numbe rs have already been pro gra mmed : ❐ Quick Dial 01 = 01 133 (Overseas to France ) ❐ Quick Dial 02 = 1 (Paris) ❐ Spee d Di al 10 = 55 5 When the machin e asks you to dia l: On Hook Dial or Handse t Mode: Press th e Quic k Dia l ke[...]

  • Página 73

    Closed Network (T ransmission) This featu re helps avo id accid enta lly send ing a fax message to a termina l that is outside your fax n etwork. The ID Cod es of the commun icat ing machin es are checke d. If th ey are not the same, the co mmunicat ion is stopped. 1. Press Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 and Ye s . 2. Ye s . 3. Pre ss u ntil the settin gs [...]

  • Página 74

    Pr eventing T ransfer to a W r ong Connect ions This fea tu re pre ven ts th e auto mat ic swit chin g eq uip men t in th e telep hone network from accid enta lly co nnect ing you to the wro ng fax te rmina l. Howeve r , it does not he lp you if you dia led the wrong numb er you rself . So, eve n if this fe at ure is switched on, you sho uld still [...]

  • Página 75

    ECM (Err or Corr ection Mode) and Page Retransmission ECM is a signalin g syste m tha t gre at ly re duces th e chance of data bein g lost beca use of a bad te lepho ne line. ECM is use fu l if you fre qu en tly commu nica te over poor te lep ho ne lin es. With ECM switched on, the commun icat ion cost will increa se if th e line is bad, but the da[...]

  • Página 76

    Batch T ransmission ( Featur e Expander Required) Overview This featu re will save commu nicatio n cost s if you of te n sen d more tha n one messag e to the same loca tio n. Exampl e: If vario us pe ople in you r of f ice sen d message s to th e T okyo bra nch of fice, se nd ing all these messa ge s on sep ara te calls can be expe nsive . It is ch[...]

  • Página 77

    T urn ing the Batch T ransmission On/Off In a new machin e, this set tin g is "Of f". If you wish to chan ge this it, use th e follo wing proce dure. (S ee page 15 6 if you need more info rmat ion abo ut the User Para met er set tin gs ad just men t pro ced ure ). 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 an d Ye s . 2. Ye s . 3. The sett ing s for switc[...]

  • Página 78

    RECEPTION Receiving Conf idential Message s (Featur e Expander Requir ed) Overview This f eature is ca lled Confidenti al Reception . If th e ot he r part y sent you a message usin g Co nfide ntial T ransmission, th e messag e is store d in the memo ry , and not printed . The "Re ceive File" ind icator o n the operat ion panel blinks to i[...]

  • Página 79

    Storing a Confi dential ID This can be any fo ur-d igit code (using digits 0 to 9). It must be use d to print any conf ide nt ial messa ge s tha t you r machin e ha s receive d. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 and Ye s . 2. Press until the screen is as shown op po- site. 3. Ye s . 4. Input the Confid en tia l ID that you will be using. Example : 6 7 5 4 [...]

  • Página 80

    Printing a Con fidenti al Fax Message If the Rece ive File indicat or is blinkin g, do th e fo llowin g to print the me ssag e. 1. Function 5 4 and Ye s . 2. In put the ID. Example : 6 7 5 4 from th e te n k ey p ad . If you can no t ou tp ut a conf ide nt ial file with this ID, you have inp ut the wrong ID or the sender ma y have over-rid den your[...]

  • Página 81

    5. If you wish to ch ange the sett ing press 0 . 6. Finish: Ye s an d Function . Cross-reference Personal Codes: see page 56. If you wish, you can prevent unidentified senders from sending you confidential messages. See page 76. Locking Inc oming Messages (Memory Lock) Overview If Memory Lock is switche d on, th e machine will not print any incomin[...]

  • Página 82

    Storing a Memory Lock ID This can be any fo ur-d igit code (using digits 0 to 9), excep t 00 00. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 and Ye s . 2. Press until the screen is as shown op po- site. 3. Ye s . 4. Inpu t th e Memo ry L ock ID th at you will b e using. Example : 6 7 5 4 fr om th e te n k ey p ad. 5. S tor e the ID : Ye s and Function . Editing the [...]

  • Página 83

    Switching Memory Lock On /Off Before you can use Memo ry L ock, you ha ve to switch it on using Funct ion 62. After you switch Memory Lock on , will appear on the display when t he ma chine is in stan dby mode. NOTE: If you switch Memory Lock on, Forward ing will be automatica lly disabled . 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 2 an d Ye s . 2. Scroll thro ugh [...]

  • Página 84

    3. The sett ing s for switch 00 are now shown on the botto m line of t he displa y . 4. Press until the settin gs fo r switch 09 are shown. 5. Th e s etti n g th at yo u ne ed t o c hang e is that for dig it 1 (do ub le unde rline d). Set as sho wn oppo site . If you want to lock mess ages in memory only from special ter minals: If you want to lock[...]

  • Página 85

    Rejection of Messages fr om Unidentified Senders If you wish, you can make the machin e reje ct inco ming me ssag es th at re quire stora ge to you r machin e’ s memory , if they are no t acco mpa nie d with an identifie r such as th e R TI or CSI. Featu res th at wo uld be af fected are Substit ut e Rece pt ion , Memory L ock, an d Co nf ident i[...]

  • Página 86

    Authori zed Rec eption Overview This featu re he lps you to reje ct jun k fax mail. It let s you spe cify which termin als you wish to receive fax messa ge s from; all others will b e shut ou t. T o a uth orize recep tio n fro m a particula r send er: ❐ Switch A ut horized Recep tion on . (Fu nction 62 ) ❐ Specify th e sende rs whose messages y[...]

  • Página 87

    Switching Auth orized Recepti on On /Off Before you use A ut ho rized Recept ion, yo u h ave to switch it on u sing Fun ctio n 62. If it is switche d of f, the machine will accep t any incomin g fa x messag e. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 2 and Ye s . 2. Scroll thro ugh the list of featu res with until the screen is as shown opposit e. 3. Ye s . 4. Chan[...]

  • Página 88

    4. Set as sho wn op po site . Press 3 on th e te n keyp ad to cha ng e the set tin g of digit 3. If you only wan t to accep t inco m- ing messa ges from th e Specia l T erminals: If you want to acce pt all incomin g messag es exce pt t hose from t he Special T erminals: 5. Finish: Ye s and Functi on . List of Special T erminals (Funct ion 81) Autho[...]

  • Página 89

    Forwar ding (Fe ature Expander Requir ed) Overview Using this fea tu re, you can send fax messa ge s coming in from cert ain locat ion s on to anoth er fa x machine. The termina ls t hat re ceive your fo rward ed messa ges are called "Forward ing T erminals". If ot he r fax mach ine s in your org an izat ion have this fe ature , you can u[...]

  • Página 90

    If th e R TI/CSI of th e mach ine send ing you a fa x is not th e same as any of those that you have prog ramme d int o th is featu re, the messag e will not be fo rward ed . Cross-references RTI and CSI: see page 173. Wild Cards: see page 86. TCR: see page 117. Programmi ng the Forwarding Featu r e This sectio n sho ws you ho w to set up your mach[...]

  • Página 91

    8. Either: ❐ If you w ant t o s tor e an othe r RTI /CS I, press Ye s and go to ste p 5. ❐ Otherwise: No and go to ste p 9. 9. Either: ❐ Store anoth er forward ing st ation ; go to step 3. ❐ Finish: Functi on . Editing or Deleting th e Forwarding Featur e 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 8 2 and Ye s . 2. Pre ss until the forward ing stat ion num- ber[...]

  • Página 92

    ❐ T o edit R TI ’ s/CSI’ s allo cat ed to this number: press un til th e RTI/C SI you wish to e dit ap pears. Then press Ye s . Go t o s tep 6. 6. Either: ❐ Edit th e R TI/CSI and press Ye s . The n go t o ste p 7. ❐ T o del et e th e RTI/C SI: No and Ye s . The n go t o ste p 5. Caution: I f you dele te all the RTI’s and CSI ’s for a[...]

  • Página 93

    4. C ha nge th e on /o ff se tti ng b y p res si ng or . 5. Finish: Ye s an d Function . Selecting which Messages to Forward Y ou have to select one of the fo llowin g two thin gs. ❐ Forward messag es on ly from spe cifie d sen de rs. or ❐ Forward messag es exce pt tho se fro m specif ied send ers. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 an d Ye s . 2. Ye s [...]

  • Página 94

    3. If you wish to change the sett ing, press 6 using th e te n keypad . Digit 6 (Double underlin ed ) 0: Local Prin tin g Of f 1: Local Prin tin On 4. Finish: Pre ss Ye s , then press Functi on . Enabli ng and Di sabling th e Forwarding Mark The forward ing mark is printed at the receivin g end on the top of each page of the fax messa ges tha t are[...]

  • Página 95

    W ild Cards This fea tu re gre at ly enh an ces th e ef fective ness o f th e fo llowin g fe ature s: ❐ Autho rized Recep tion ❐ Forward ing ❐ Memory Lock ❐ Multi-S ort Do cument In each of the se fe ature s, you have to sto re the R TI or CSI of various termina ls that you norma lly receive fax message s from. Then , wh en you r mach ine d[...]

  • Página 96

    Reverse Or der Printing (Fe ature Expander Requir ed) Normally , the machine prints the pages of receive d messa ges in the orde r that they we re rece ived u ncollat ed. Howeve r , with Reverse Orde r Print ing , th e mach ine will collate the sequen ce by printing the messag e fro m the last page first colla te d. This will ma ke it easier t o di[...]

  • Página 97

    Multi- copy Documen t Recept ion (Feat ur e Exp ander Requir ed) Using th is fea tu re, mo re th an one copy of each in comin g fa x messag e can be printed . Y o u may also choose to have more than one copy f rom o nly se lect send ers. This f eatu re eliminat es th e extra ste ps need ed to ha ve so meo ne make photo copies. For examp le, if you [...]

  • Página 98

    Switching Multi-cop y Document On or Off Before you can make mult iple copie s, you have to switch it on usin g Fun ctio n 62. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 2 an d Ye s . 2. Scroll thro ugh the list of featu res with until the screen is as shown opposit e. 3. Ye s . 4. Change the on /o f f se tt ing by pressin g or . 5. Finish: Ye s an d Function . Setti[...]

  • Página 99

    1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 an d Ye s . 2. Ye s . The sett ing s for switch 00 are now shown on the bot to m lin e of the displa y . 3. Press until the settin gs fo r switch 08 are shown. Th e s et tin gs th at y o u ne ed t o c ha ng e ar e digit 1 (doub le underline ). Press 1 of th e ten keyp ad to chang e th e settin g of digit 1. When you want t[...]

  • Página 100

    Printing a Center Mark If you swit ch th is fea ture on , a mark is print ed half way down ea ch rece ived page on the lef t hand side. This makes it ea sy fo r you to posit ion th e hole pu nch er correct ly when you file away th e rece ived fax messa ge s. The cen te r ma rk is not prin te d whe n you use the mach ine for making cop ies. T o swit[...]

  • Página 101

    Reduci ng th e Page Le ngth If th e mach ine receive s a page th at is longe r tha n th e pa pe r in the casset te , th e machin e red uce s the leng th of the rece ived image so that it will fit on one page, if the image length is within the followin g limits. Paper size in the cassette Maximum reduc ible incoming page length Letter (1 1") 14[...]

  • Página 102

    Closed Ne twork (Rec eption) This featu re may he lp you to pre ven t rece pt ion of exce ssive jun k fax mail. The ID Cod es of the commun icat ing machin es are checke d. If th ey are not the same, the co mmunicat ion is stopped. NOTE: This feat ure may not be reliable if you are commun icat ing with a termina l produ ced b y a d if fere nt ma nu[...]

  • Página 103

    Enterin g a List of S enders to T reat Differently (Function 81: Special T e rminals) Y ou can ent er a list of up to 50 ide nt ifica tio ns (R TI, CSI and wild cards) f or senders you wish to treat dif ferently . For instance , fo r each identif ication in the list, you have th e followin g optio ns. ❐ Autho rized Recep tio n: Y ou can accep t t[...]

  • Página 104

    12. Either: ❐ T o prog ram anot her specia l termin al; go to step 3. ❐ T o finish ; Functi on . Editing the R TI/CSI for the Special T erminals 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 8 1 and Ye s . 2. Press scroll through the list. When R TI/CSI you want to ch an ge a ppears, press Ye s . 3. Edit th e R TI or CSI and press Ye s . How to e dit: see page 154. 4.[...]

  • Página 105

    Erasing the Special T erminal 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 8 1 an d Ye s . 2. Press scroll the R TI /CSI. And t he R TI/CSI you want to ch an ge a ppears, press Ye s . 3. Press No and Ye s . 4. Function . Some featu res which are con cern ed with th e spe cial te rmina ls (Autho rized Recep tio n, Multi-Co py an d Memory L ock) or Forwa rdin g can not be [...]

  • Página 106

    OTHER Calling to Request a Message (Polling) Overview Pollin g means "p icking up" a docu men t that has been left for you at a remote fax termin al. Y ou can also lea ve a do cume nt in your ma chin e’ s memory for oth er machin es to poll fro m yo u. ❐ With po lling , te lep ho ne line cost s are charge d to the perso n rece iving t[...]

  • Página 107

    Leaving a Documen t to be Picked Up by Oth ers (Pollin g T ransmission) Use Polling T ransmission when you wish to leave a documen t in the me mory f or others to pick up. Y ou can no t spe cify th e telep hone numb er of the Messag e Rece iver (th e termina l that you wish to poll your do cume nt ), bu t usin g th e ID Code th ere are ways to make[...]

  • Página 108

    3. Start . ❐ Y o ur fax m ess ag e is s tor ed and h el d on p olli ng s tand by . NOTE: If you see " ", you alrea dy ha ve a messa ge on Free Polling S tandby . ❐ T o clear th e old message: Cle ar th e old pollin g tra nsmissio n file using fun ctio n 23 (see page 104). The n sta rt f rom t he ste p 1 again. Secur ed Polling 1. Plac[...]

  • Página 109

    4. Ye s . 5. E nt er th e ID c od e th at y ou wi sh to u s e fo r this me ssage. Example : 2 5 6 7 fr om th e te n key p ad. NOTE: If you see " " you alrea dy ha ve a messa ge on Secured Po lling stan dby . ❐ T o erase the o ld messa ge: Clear th e old pollin g file by Funct ion 2 3 (see page 104). ❐ T o keep t he o ld messa ge, repe[...]

  • Página 110

    Options for Polling T ransmission When you sto re a docume nt in memory fo r P ollin g T ransmission, you also ha ve the f ollowing option s: ❐ Perso nal Code : This is the same as fo r norma l tra nsmissio n (se e page 27 ) ❐ Page Cou nt :Th is is the same as for normal transmissio n (see page 30 ) ❐ TTI On/Of f: This is the same as for norm[...]

  • Página 111

    Picking Up Messages S tored E lsewher e (Polli ng Reception) Use this feature when you wish to poll a message from anothe r termin al. Y ou can poll docume nt s from many termin als with only on e opera tio n (use Grou ps and Keyst roke Prog rams to make th e most out of this fea ture). Y ou have th ree o ptions: Free P olling, Secured Pollin g, a [...]

  • Página 112

    Stor ed ID O verride Optio n This proce du re ove rride s t he ID Code tha t is store d in yo ur ma chin e. The ove rride is ef fective for th is o perat ion only . If is displayed : 1. Pre ss until the screen is as shown oppo- site. 2. Ye s . 3. E nt er th e ID c od e th at y ou wi sh to u s e fo r this o peration . Example : 2 5 6 7 fr om th e te[...]

  • Página 113

    File Management Every time you sto re a fa x messag e in you r ma chin e’ s memory , a new file is creat ed. Ea ch file is given a nu mbe r . T o see which files are cu rrently in th e memory , print a File List. NOTE: A new file is also create d fo r each Polling T ransmission, Substit ute Re cep - tion, and Co nfide ntial Recept ion. Cross-refe[...]

  • Página 114

    Printing a Fi le If you nee d to see th e conte nts o f an y of th e file s, use this fe at ure . 1. Y ou can prin t th ese kinds of file: ❐ Fax message file (Memo ry T ransmission): Function 5 1 and Ye s . ❐ Fax messag e f ile (P ollin g T ransmission): Function 5 2 an d Ye s . (Exampl e: Usi ng Function 51 . ) 2. E ith er: Print a list of fil[...]

  • Página 115

    Saving Ener gy T o print a fax messag e you r f ax mach ine uses a he at ing ro ller to fuse the image to the print. This rolle r mu st alre ady be hot whe n the paper pa sses und er it . T o maint ain a tempera tu re hig h enough to permit pro pe r fusin g, elect ricity is consu med . This fa csimile is equ ipp ed with vario us e nergy sa ving mod[...]

  • Página 116

    Which Savin g Energy Mode is Best for Y ou? Y ou ha ve two choice s: Y o u can let the roller coo l to roo m te mpe rat ure or yo u can let it coo l to th e midp oint. T o choose wh ich of the two se tt ing s you would p ref er , set the use r para met er switch. When you allo w the roller to cool to room te mperat ure , en erg y saving is at a max[...]

  • Página 117

    Night T imer Overview Laser print ing requ ires the applica tio n of heat to bond toner to the prin ter pap er . For incomin g message s to be output quickly , a heating elemen t insid e the machin e must be kept ho t. This will af f ect you r electricit y bills. The Night T imer f eature lets you prog ram time rs to switch th is heat ing ele men t[...]

  • Página 118

    Switching the Ni ght T ime r O n or Off The nig ht timer fe ature mu st be swit che d on using Funct ion 62. If it is switche d of f , the heat ing element s will stay on all the time . 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 2 an d Ye s . 2. Scroll thro ugh the list of featu res with and until the screen is as shown oppo - site. 3. Ye s . 4. Change the on /o f f [...]

  • Página 119

    8. Repeat fro m step 5 for the seco nd timer . Press to move th e curso r und er th e time. ∗ Input on the time, 0 6 0 0, for example, on the te n keyp ad. T o chang e A M to PM an d the ot her way around, press # . Acce pt t he se tt ing by pressing Ye s . ∗ TO KEEP THE HEATER ON ALL DAY: Se t both timers to ON = 12:0 0AM. TO KEE P THE HEATER [...]

  • Página 120

    Coun ters These counte rs will help you if you wish to keep a regular che ck on ho w many pages you r ma chin e ha s sent , rece ived, an d cop ied . The mach ine has th e fo llowing sof tware cou nters: ❐ Tx (T ransmit) Counte r: The nu mbe r of pa ge s tha t you r machin e ha s sent . ❐ Rx (Rece ive) Counter: The numb er of pages th at your m[...]

  • Página 121

    Enterin g PC Printe r Mode (Print er Interf ace Req uired) Using PC Prin te r Mo de, you can conne ct you r f ax mach ine to an IBM or compa tib le pe rson al comp ut er an d use it as a printer . Docume nt s print ed from your comp ut er will b e sen t to your fa x machin e as text (AS CII chara cters) o r graphics (vect or or dot imag e), depen d[...]

  • Página 122

    Copying If you need to make a cop y of someth ing , and th ere is no copier availa ble , use your fa x machin e. Just pla ce you r origin al in th e fe ed er , and press th e Copy key . Copyin g an origin al is a goo d way to test cont rast and resolu tio n befo re sen din g a doc ume nt , i f y ou ar e not sur e tha t th e s etti n gs th at y ou h[...]

  • Página 123

    Dual Access Dual Acce ss mean s th at eve n if th e machin e is alrea dy ca rrying out a ta sk, yo u may be ab le to ope rat e th e machine . For insta nce , if you r ma chin e is curren tly rece iving a long fax message , but you want to sen d a messa ge and go back to you r desk with ou t ha ving to wait by the machin e, you can place your messa [...]

  • Página 124

    RDS (Remote Diagnostic System) Overview If your ma chin e has a prob lem, a service te chn ician can pe rfo rm variou s diag nostic ta sks over the te lepho ne line fro m the service sta tion to try t o fin d out what is wrong with your mach ine . The service techn ician can a lso u se RDS to chan ge some of your machine ’ s sett ing s if you req[...]

  • Página 125

    AI Short Protocol This fe at ure emp loys A rtif icial Int ellig ence (A I) to lea rn th e commu nica tio n chara cte ristics o f t he mach ine s pro grammed as S pe ed Dials o r Qu ick Dials. AI Short Pro to col he lps you to red uce commun icat ion costs be twe en machin es produce d by the same man uf acture r . AI Sho rt P rot oco l on ly works[...]

  • Página 126

    AUTOMA T ICALL Y PRINTED REPOR TS The followin g report s are au tomat ically prin te d out at the appropriat e time. Descriptions of the A vailable Rep orts TCR (T ransmiss ion Confirmation Report) This report give s detail on each commun icat ion made by your termina l. It is automa tica lly o utpu t af te r a certa in nu mbe r of commu nica tio [...]

  • Página 127

    Power Fai lur e Report This report is print ed if the machin e’ s power was of f. The report gives d et ails of the files that were lost . With this inf orma tio n, you may sto re messa ges for tran smission a gain, a nd co ntact the se nders of a ny rece ived me ssages that were lost. T ransfer Result Rep ort Aft er th e en d of a tran sfe r req[...]

  • Página 128

    Switch ing Repor ts On/Off Some of these repo rts can be switched on or of f. T o switch a report on or of f , do the follo wing (see page 156 if you need more informat ion about the User Para met er set tin gs adjust men t pro ced ure ) . 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 an d Ye s . 2. Ye s . The se tting s for switch 0 a re no w shown on the botto m lin[...]

  • Página 129

    Printin g a Sample of D ata on the R eports For refe ren ce purpo ses, the machin e prints th e first few inch es of the fax messag e on t he follo wing re ports. ❐ T ransmission Resu lt Rep ort ❐ Memory St ora ge Report ❐ Polling Clea r Report ❐ Commun ication Fa ilure Re port ❐ T ransfer Resu lt Rep ort ❐ Polling Con firma tio n List [...]

  • Página 130

    Report Format s Exampl e 1. Error Repor t The fo llowin g rep ort mean s tha t th e mach ine sent four pag es but th ere were errors during t he first two pag es. Exa mpl e 2. TCR *** ERROR REPORT (APR 28 1995 12:09PM) *** TTI XYZ COMPANY FILE PERS. NAME ADDRESS MODE TIME PAGE RESULT -----------------------------------------------------------------[...]

  • Página 131

    The fo llowin g pa ge s expla in th e symbols tha t ap pe ar in cert ain column s of the reports. The Mode Col umn See the bottom of th e TCR for a full listening of the symbols tha t are u sed on th e TCR. The Re sult Column OK: Successf ul Communica tio n E: An error o ccurred The Footnote on the TCR TX counter: T o tal numb er o f t ran smitt ed[...]

  • Página 132

    USER-INI TIA TED REPOR TS These repo rts can be prin te d at any time by execu tin g a pro cedure on the operat ion p anel. Descriptions of A vailable Reports TCR In addit ion to the auto mat ic o utpu t of this rep ort , you can print t he TCR at any time. 1. Press Function 4 1 and Ye s . 2. Start . Fil e Li st This is a list of Memory T ransmissi[...]

  • Página 133

    T elep hone Numbe r List Quic k Dia l Lis t : This is a list of the telep hone numbers and othe r items th at you have store d in the mach ine ’ s Quick Dial Keys. Speed Di al List: This is a list of the telepho ne numb ers that you have st ore d as Speed Dia l Codes. Group Dia l Lis t : This is a list of all the groups th at you have prog ramme [...]

  • Página 134

    Forwarding Li st (Featur e Expand er Requir ed) This list shows deta ils of ho w you have pro gra mmed the Forward ing featu re. It also inclu des the Wild Cards. 1. Press Function 6 2 2 2 2 8 2 and Ye s . 2. and Start . User Parameter Li st This shows the curre nt sett ing s of the User Parame ters. 1. Press Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 and Ye s . 2. an[...]

  • Página 135

    REPLACING P APER ❐ When th e Add Pa per ind icator ( ) o n the operat ion pane l is lit, th e casset te is empty . T o refill the main cassett e: 1. Slide t he ca ssette a ll the way out , and place it on a la rge f lat su rface. CAUTION To avo id drop ping the cassett e, ho ld it by the f ront a nd side while pulling it out. 2. Ben d th e ne w s[...]

  • Página 136

    REPLACING TONER CA SSETTE AND CLEANING P AD ❐ When th e Add T oner ind icat or ( ) starts to b link, t he t oner cassett e is almost emp ty . Y ou will be able to make 100 more cop ies b ef ore you ha ve t o chang e th e to ner casset te. ❐ When th e Add T oner indicat or ( ) remains lit, it is t ime t o inst all a new tone r cassette . Replace[...]

  • Página 137

    4. Pull out th e transp are nt shee t fro m t he side of th e new ca sset te , as sho wn. Then, remove the b lack she et f rom th e front of th e casse tt e. 5. Slide the ton er casse tt e into th e machine as far as it will go. Gen tly push down th e casse tt e to secure it in place. CAUTION: Hold t he casset te a s shown in t he illustrat ion. Ne[...]

  • Página 138

    USER MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES T o e nsure that you r fax con tinue s to opera te prop erly , some simple main te na nce is require d. This ent ails clea nin g an d rep lacin g a fe w comp on en ts. Clea nin g shou ld be don e once eve ry 6 mont hs. Repla ceme nts shou ld be done af te r a specif ied n umber of scanning s or p rinting s. Clean ing Ref[...]

  • Página 139

    Cleaning P rocedur e Scanne r USER MAINTENA NCE PROCEDURE S LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE 130[...]

  • Página 140

    1. Prep are a so ft d amp clo th. 2. T urn of f the main po wer switch . 3. Li ft u p th e op er ati on pa nel . 4. Clean the separation roller [A] with the soft damp clot h, while rot at ing the roller . [F] [D] [C] [B] [A] [E] [G] LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE USER MAINTE NANCE PROCEDURES 131[...]

  • Página 141

    5. Clean t he white strip [B] with t he soft damp cloth. CAUTION: Do not damag e th e sen sor act ua to r [G] (bla ck plast ic) on the white strip e. 6. Clean the R1 and R2 rollers [D] wit h the soft damp clot h. T o rotate the roll- ers, gently ho ld th e clot h down on the rollers a nd turn t he main power switch on. The rollers will rota te once[...]

  • Página 142

    6. T urn the main power switch of f. 7. Clean t he expo sure g lass [E ] with the soft da mp clot h. 8. Clean the pick-up a nd fee d rollers [F] with the soft damp clot h, while turnin g the roll- ers in the dire ctio n sho wn in the dia gram . 9. Close the o peration panel. E F LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE USER MAINTE NANCE [...]

  • Página 143

    Cassette 1. Pu ll out t he ca ssette . 2. Clea n th e rolle r [ G] using the soft damp cloth . 3. Close the ca ssette . Clean ing the C orona Wir e Plea se clea n th e coro na wire if vertica l black line s app ear on the prin ting imag e. 1. Lift up th e op eratio n pa nel. 2. Ope n th e up pe r cov er . 3. Remove the t oner cassett e. P lace it o[...]

  • Página 144

    4. Gently dra g the blu e lever f rom end to end twice. Make sure th e lever is re- turns to the original po sitio n. 5. Re-inst all th e to ner casset te . Slide th e to ne r casset te into the ma- chine as far as it will go. Ge nt ly push down th e casse tt e to secure it in place. 6. Close the upper cover an d lowe r the op- erat io n pa ne l . [...]

  • Página 145

    Replacing the ADF Roller Assembly and the Separation Pad Y ou sh ou ld re pla ce t he ADF (A ut o Docume nt Feede r) rolle r asse mbly and t he sepa rat ion pad to pre ven t misfee ds ab ou t eve ry 30, 00 0 sh ee ts. T o check ho w many she et s you’ve scanned , ple ase re fe r to th e sect ion titled "Co unte rs" (see page 1 1 1) . T [...]

  • Página 146

    4. Insta ll the new ADF roller assembly . 5. In sta ll the new sep ara tio n pad. 6. Close t he o peration panel. LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE USER MAINTE NANCE PROCEDURES 137[...]

  • Página 147

    Replacin g the Ph otocond uctor Y ou sho uld replace th e phot oco nd uct or to maintain the copy qu alit y aft er ab ou t every 30,0 00 shee ts have be en printed . If th e fo llowin g disp lay appe ars, repla ce th e phot oco nd uct or . T o check how many shee ts you ’ve prin te d, plea se ref er to the sectio n tit led "Count ers" ([...]

  • Página 148

    4. Remo ve th e old the pho to con du cto r . 5. Place t he p hotocon ductor in the ma - chine. Pay at tent ion to th e green knobs. One of th em is marked "R" for r ight side. 6. Remove the b lack sheet a s shown in the lowe r pictu re. 7. T u rn th e gre en levers to lock the pho to - conducto r in p lace. Caution: Never to uch the surf[...]

  • Página 149

    8. Replace th e to ne r casset te . Slide th e to ne r casset te into the ma- chine as far as it will go. Ge nt ly push down th e casse tt e to secure it in place. 9. Close the u pper cove r and t he sca nner . Aft er you repla ce the ph ot oco nduct or , reset the coun te r for ph ot oco nduct or insid e the ma chine. 1. The displa y is shown as o[...]

  • Página 150

    CAUTION: Do not att empt t o make any re pairs other th an those described in this ma nual. Remo ving cove rs may expose yo u to dan gerous volta ges and other risks. Refer all servicin g to qualified p ersonnel. CHECK THE INDICA T ORS AND DIS PLA Y P ANEL The Che ck Display ind icat or ligh ts if there are an y prob lems. Check th e descrip tio n [...]

  • Página 151

    Adjusti ng th e Docume nt Feede r Depe nd ing on th e th ickness o f th e pa pe r , three sett ing s can be select ed; th in, normal, an d thick. 1. O pen th e op er ati on pa nel . 2. T o meet th e pape r type to be scann ed, ad just the lever positio n as sho wn in th e following table . Paper Thickness Pressure Position Thin Low 1 Normal Normal [...]

  • Página 152

    COPY JAMS If " " app ears in t he displa y , the re is a copy jam. There are three possib le loca tions: ❐ Casset te e ntran ce ❐ Copy Fe ed Are a (Insid e the Machine Cop y Exit Are a) Cassette Entr ance 1. Pull open the casset te . 2. Gently pull out the misfed paper . Do not leave an y piece s inside . 3. Repla ce th e casse tt e. [...]

  • Página 153

    Copy Feed Ar ea Inside the mach ine 1. Remove the co py tra y . 2. Pull up and open th e op era tio n pane l. 3. Ope n th e up pe r cov er . 4. Ope n th e fro nt cover . SOL VING PROBLEMS SOLVING P ROBLEMS COPY JAMS 143[...]

  • Página 154

    5. Pull out the jammed pape r caref ully . CAUTIONS: ❐ Do not to uch the fusin g un it . It may be h ot. ❐ Do not t ou ch th e ph ot oc ond uc tor drum. Any tone r on the pape r will not be fixed to the pa pe r . Be caref ul no t to get your hands or clo thing dirty . 6. Close the fro nt cover and th e up pe r cover . 7. Clo se th e op era tio [...]

  • Página 155

    Copy Exit A rea 1. Open th e cop y exit cover . 2. Gently pull the ja mmed p aper . 3. Close th e cop y exit cove r . SOL VING PROBLEMS SOLVING P ROBLEMS COPY JAMS 145[...]

  • Página 156

    COMMUNICA TION PRO BL EMS If " " app ears in t he displa y: Press Stop . ❐ A poor lin e cau sed the commun ication t o fa il. ❐ The line is busy or noisy . T ry to retransmit. ❐ The ot he r machin e is o ut of ord er . ❐ Ask the othe r party to check th eir mach ine. OPERA T ING DIFFICUL TIES Problem Required Action ST ANDBY MODE [...]

  • Página 157

    Problem Action Req uired Frequent original misfeeds Mu ltifeeds Incorrect pos itioning of originals ➡ Put the document in the feeder corr ectly . See page 18. Incorrect alignment of or iginals ➡ Align the edges of the document. See page 18. Curled pages ➡ Flatten the document. See page 15. Incorr ect document type ➡ Use a proper document ty[...]

  • Página 158

    T ransmission cannot take place; CLEAR ORIGINAL appears. The document is jammed in the feeder . ➡ Remove the jammed document (see page 140) and repeat the transmission pr ocedure. The document may be longer than the max imum limit (see page 14). ➡ Make sure that none of your or iginals exceed this limit. Do user maintenance, espec ially rollers[...]

  • Página 159

    Copy paper misfeeds occur frequently . Is the proper paper in the paper tray? ➡ Paper size and weight must be within the standards set for this machine. Is folded, wrinkled, damp, or c urled paper in the paper tray? ➡ Always use dry , undamaged paper . Is the paper set proper ly in the paper tray ? ➡ Always load paper cor rectly . See page 12[...]

  • Página 160

    DISPLA Y ED ERROR MESSAGES The followin g message s may appear wh ile you are opera tin g or progra mming the machin e. Y ou cannot use the auto- dialer at the moment. Use the ten keypad or the handset. No polling reception operations hav e been programmed. There are no mess ages in memory waiting for trans mission. There are no mess ages in memory[...]

  • Página 161

    ERROR CODES Fax machin es use a teleph one line . The same typ es of p rob lems yo u e xpe rience while makin g phone calls (such as noisy lines, crosst alk, discon nectio n during conve rsat ion , wea k sig nals) also occu r with faxing . T elephone ca llers ca n deal with th e pro ble ms the mselve s (for exa mple, by spe akin g a bit loud er), b[...]

  • Página 162

    Code Possib le Cause 2-xx P ossible fault in your machine. 4-00 The page took too long to send. Send again at a lower resolution, or without halftone. The line may be bad. 4-01 Ther e is a bad line. The telephone line at the rear of the mac hine may be disconnected. 4-02 The r eceived page was too long. 4-10 ID codes did not match. Co- ordinate ID [...]

  • Página 163

    CALLING THE SER VICE ST A TION The mach ine has a fe at ure called Service Repo rt T ransmissio n. Use t his f ea tu re when your mach ine is having prob lems. The machin e will transmit in fo rmat ion about th e co nditio n o f yo ur ma chine t o yo ur se rvice repre senta tive . A tech nicia n will then be able to find out what the problem is bef[...]

  • Página 164

    STORING TELEPHONE NUMBERS T o dial a telephone numbe r or store it as a Quick Dial or Speed Dial, type it into the ma chine at t he t en keypa d on the operat ion p anel. STORING NAM ES AND LABELS Y ou can enter na mes usin g th e Qu ick Dial keys. Use Quick Dia l keys 01 to 26 for the lett ers of the alph ab et, an d use Quick Dial 27 as a spaceb [...]

  • Página 165

    Punctuation Marks and Symbols If you press Quic k Dia l ke y 28 while enterin g a lab el, you can ent er symbo ls. Sele ct th e symbo l yo u req uire using the or keys. These are th e symbo ls yo u can ent er: & $ ! " # $ % & ’ ( ) * + , / : ; < > ? @ [ ¥ ] ^ Press Ye s when you get the symb ol you want to ente r . Editin g wi[...]

  • Página 166

    ON/OFF SWITCHES AND USER P ARAMETERS Some of th e fe at ure s in this mach ine can be switche d on or of f, and some of th em do not work unless th ey are switche d on first. Other fe at ure s can be adju ste d in variou s ways. Ea ch adjust men t or on/o f f switch is expla ine d in the rele van t sectio ns of the manu al. There are two user funct[...]

  • Página 167

    On/of f switches available in th is menu are Feature Featu re 1 T elephone Line T ype 5 Daylight Saving T ime/Summer Time 2 A uthorized Reception 6 Memory Lock 1 3 Night Timer 7 Forwarding 1 4 RDS 8 Multicopy Reception 1 ( 1 : Optional Feature Expander required.) User Paramete r Sett ings A wide range of fe at ure s ca n be swit che d on or of f by[...]

  • Página 168

    The use r para met er switch es are outlined be low . (*: Fact ory set tin g) Switch 00 - Home positi on setti ngs Digit Purpo se 0 Do not use this setting. 1 2 Contrast home position Digit 2 Digit 1 Setting 0 0 Normal * 0 1 Lighten 1 0 Darken 3 Do not use this setting. 4 5 Resolution Digit 5 Digit 4 Setting Digit 5 Digit 4 Setting 0 0 Standard* 1 [...]

  • Página 169

    Switch 03 - Autom ati c printi ng of re ports Digit Purpo se 0 Communication result report (Memory T ransmission) 0: O ff 1: On* 1 Do not change this setting. 2 File Reserve Report (M emory T ransmission) 0: Off* 1: On 3 File Reserve Report ( Polling Rec epti o n ) 0: Off* 1: On 4 Communication Result Report (Poll ing Recepti o n) 0: O ff 1: On* 5 [...]

  • Página 170

    Switch 07 - Do not change these settings Digit Purpo se 0 to 7 Do not change these settings. Switch 08 - V arious Digit Purpo se 0, 1 Multicopy reception (Feature Expander Required) Digit 1 Digit 0 Setting X 0 Off* 0 1 Messages from senders whose R TI/CSI’s are programmed are multi- copied. 1 1 Messages from senders whose R TI/CSI’s are not p r[...]

  • Página 171

    Switch 09 - V arious Digit Purpo se 0, 1 Memory lock Digit 1 Digit 0 Setting (Feature Expander Required) X 0 O f f* Locked messages ar e printed 0 1 Only Lock mes sages from senders when you enter the memory whos e RTI/CSI’ s are progr ammed. lock ID. 1 1 Lock all messages except those fr om senders whose R TI/CSI’s are programmed. 2 to 7 Do no[...]

  • Página 172

    LOCA T ION For t he best possib le pe rformance, insta ll your machine in a place which satisfie s the f ollowing conditio ns. ❐ Not exp ose d to direct sunlig ht ❐ W e ll ventilat ed (air turn ove r at lea st three times per hou r); to avoid the build -up of ozon e, make sure to loca te the machin e in a larg e well-ve ntilat ed room which has[...]

  • Página 173

    A TT ACHING THE DOCUMENT T ABLE AND DOCUMENT TRA Y 1. Ope n th e fro nt cover . 2. Atta ch th e do c ume nt t ab le an d th e doc u- ment tray a s shown . 3. Close the fro nt cover until you hear it click. If your docume nt s are large, pull the ext en sion s out. Attaching the Cop y T ray 1. Att ach t he copy tray a s shown . 2. Y ou can also exte[...]

  • Página 174

    INST ALLING THE PHOTOCONDUCTOR, TONER CASSETTE AND CLEANING P AD Before using the machin e, in stall t he p hotocon ducto r , toner ca ssette and cleaning pad a s follows: 1. Lift up the opera tion panel. 2. Open t he f ron t cov er . (Pu sh th e bu tt on o n the cove r .) 3. Place t he p hotocon ductor in the ma chine. Pay atte nt ion t o th e gre[...]

  • Página 175

    6. Pull out th e transp are nt shee t fro m t he side of th e casse tt e, then remo ve th e black sh eet fro m the f ront. 7. Slide the ton er casse tt e into th e ma- chine as far as it will go. Gently push down th e casse tte to secure it in pla ce. 8. Inst all th e clea ning pa d as sho wn in th e illustrat ion. Match the positio n of the arrow [...]

  • Página 176

    CONNECTING THE MACHI NE CAUTION: Do not swit ch on unt il everyth ing is conne cted prop erly. Before using the machin e it must be con ne cte d to the tele ph one line correctly (see below). When this has be en done, plug in the powe r cable and switch th e machin e on . ❐ Make sure tha t th e mach ine is properly conn ect ed to th e te lep hone[...]

  • Página 177

    LOADING THE P APER I N THE CASSETTE When you loa d th e paper in th e cassett e, do th e fo llowing. 1. Remove the ca ssette . CAUTION: To avo id drop ping the cassett e hold it b y the f ront and side while pulling it out. 2. Pu sh th e met al plate down . 3. Aft er pu shin g the met al plate , tu rn over t he ca ssette and t ake o ut t he clip as[...]

  • Página 178

    4. Make sure the posit ion s of th e two side fence s match the pap er size by checking the m aga inst the scale prin te d on the bot to m of th e pa pe r tray . The fences sho uld be alig ne d so th at the inside edge of each fen ce is just touch ing t he line of t he sca le (to p lef t cap tion). T o move a fe nce , pinch th e top leve r in and s[...]

  • Página 179

    A TT ACHING THE OPTIONAL HANDSET 1. Attach the han dse t sta nd to th e bracket by two screws. (A) Then at ta ch the bra cket with sta nd to the mach ine by two screws. (B) 2. T o avoid slack wire hanging at the rea r of the mach ine , atta ch th e cord clip. 1) Insert the cord int o th e clip ab ou t two thirds down (see diagram). 2) Peel of f the[...]

  • Página 180

    SOME ITEM S MUST BE PROGRAMMED F IRST Overview Aft er you have insta lled your ne w machin e and con ne cte d it to th e te lep hone line, there are a few thing s tha t you have to do before you start to send fax messa ge s from you r new mach ine . Y ou sho uld set up your mach ine ’ s clock and identif icat ion . In fact, fo r faxes se nt to, f[...]

  • Página 181

    Sett ing th e Date and Time Y our fa x machin e ha s an int ern al clock. It con tro ls the follo wing featu res. ❐ The time displa y on th e op era tio n pa ne l while th e machine is idle . ❐ Operat ion of time-de lay fe ature s like Send Later . ❐ The da te and time th at is printe d out on pages th at you receive, if Recep tio n T ime is [...]

  • Página 182

    3. Use the an d arrows on the scroll key to switch the feat ure on or o f f. This mode is of f if the displa y is shown as op- posite. 4. T o store your sett ing: Ye s . Sett ing Y our Machine’ s Identification There are three labe ls which ide nt ify you rself to the operato r at th e othe r end . These labe ls a re calle d th e R TI, the TTI, a[...]

  • Página 183

    R TI (Remote T erminal I den tifi cation ) Y our R TI appears on the other pa rty’ s o peratio n pane l durin g communica tio n, providing the other mach ine was made by the same ma nu fa ctu rer a s you rs. Th e R TI can ha ve up to 20 chara cters (n umb ers an d let te rs ca n be used , alo ng with some punct ua tio n marks). Prog ram some th i[...]

  • Página 184

    1. Eithe r: ❐ T o ent er th e R TI from the stan dby mode, pre ss Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 and Ye s . An d th en pr ess un - til the screen is as shown op posite . Then p ress Ye s . ❐ If you ha ve just ent ere d the R TI in the previous pro cedure , pre ss Ye s . 2. Either: ❐ If no TTI has be en sto red , in pu t t he TTI using the Quick Dial [...]

  • Página 185

    1. Eithe r: ❐ If you are start ing from sta nd by mode, pre ss Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 and Ye s . An d th en pr ess un - til the screen is as shown op posite . Finally pre ss Ye s . ❐ If you ha ve just en te red the TTI in the previo us pro ced ure , pre ss Ye s . 2. Input you r tele phone nu m be r . Example : 21 25 5567 89 NOTE: Y ou may use u[...]

  • Página 186

    QUICK DIA L, SPEED DIAL, AND GROUP DIA L Thr ee Convenient W ays t o Dial Inst ea d of dialin g the fu ll numb er on the fax mach ine ’ s keypa d, you can use Speed Dia l, Quick Dia l or G roup Dial. These featu res allo w you to store tele ph one numbe rs in your machine ’ s memory . (A stored number will remain in th e memory , and you can us[...]

  • Página 187

    Y ou can store up to 32 Quick Dial keys and 50 Speed Dial Codes in th is model. When you sto re a Qu ick Dial o r Spe ed Dial, you can also store the name of th e other party as a quick refe ren ce (th is name will be displayed on the opera tio n panel be fo re you press the St art key , so you can check whe th er you have select ed the co rrect n [...]

  • Página 188

    Pr ogramming Quick Dial This machin e ha s 32 Quick Dia l keys (01 to 32), each of which can be programme d as one of t he fo llowin g: Quick Dial ke y , Group , A ut o Docu ment, o r Keyst roke Prog ram. Th e page numb er in th e fo llowing ta ble sho ws the lo cation of the p rogrammin g pro cedure. 1 Quick Dial A fax or telephone number This pag[...]

  • Página 189

    6. T o enter a lab el for this Qu ick Dial press Ye s . NOTE: If y ou do n ot w is h t o ente r a l a- bel, press No . Go t o s tep 9. 7. E nter the l ab el Example : NE W YO RK OFFI CE Enter t he ch aracters u sing t he Quick Dial keys and th e te n keyp ad . For how to ente r labels, see page 154. 8. Ye s . 9. Eith er: ❒ P rog ram an ot he r: G[...]

  • Página 190

    5. Eithe r ❐ Change th e label: Edit the existin g label, th en press Ye s . Go to ste p 6. ❐ Keep t he labe l as it is: press Ye s tw ic e. Go to st ep 8 6. Edit the lab el . Example : LO NDON OFFI CE For how t o ed it : S ee p ag e 15 4. 7. Ye s . 8. Either: ❐ Edit an ot her: Go t o ste p 2. ❐ Finish: Functi on . Erasing a Q uick Dial 1. [...]

  • Página 191

    Pr ogramming Speed Dials Using th is featu re, yo u can st ore t elephon e numbe rs as S peed Dial Co des. Programmi ng a New Speed Dial 1. Function 3 2 and Ye s . 2. Input th e Spee d Dial Code th at you wish to program (fro m 00 to 49). Example : If you want to prog ram Sp eed Dial cod e 01; press 0 an d 1 on th e te n keyp ad. 3. Ye s . 4. E nt [...]

  • Página 192

    Editin g a Speed Dial 1. Function 3 2 and Ye s . 2. Input th e Spee d Dial Code th at you wish to edit (from 00 to 49). Example : If you w ant t o ed i t Sp ee d D ial cod e 01, ente r 0 1 on the te n keyp ad . NOTE: Y o u ca n se arch th rou gh Sp ee d Dial codes usin g an d . 3. Ye s . 4. Edit th e nu mber . ❐ Enter numb ers a t th e cu rsor wh[...]

  • Página 193

    Erasing a S peed Dial 1. Function 3 2 and Ye s . 2. Input th e Spee d Dial Code th at you wish to erase . Exa mple : If you wan t to erase Speed Dial cod e 01; pre ss 0 an d 1 on the te n keyp ad. ❐ If the wrong number is displayed, us e and to scroll through the Speed Dial Codes on the screen . 3. Ye s . 4. No and Ye s . Afte r erasin g a numbe [...]

  • Página 194

    Example : Gro up : 1 Ente r 1 on the te n keyp ad and Ye s . ❐ If thi s gro up alread y ex is ts, go to st ep 4. ❐ If yo u in pu t th e wron g gro up num be r , pre ss No . 3. Either: ❐ If you d o not w ant to pr ogr am th is group int o a Quick Dial key: No and go to ste p 6. ❐ If you want to prog ram th is grou p int o a Quick Dial key: Y[...]

  • Página 195

    10. Ye s . If " " appears, either; ❐ Kee p th e nu m ber : No . ❐ Erase th e nu mbe r : Ye s . NOTE: Do not store more th an 132 n umbers in a Grou p. 1 1. Either: ❐ Inpu t an ot he r numb er: G o to st ep 9. ❐ Finish storin g numbe rs in this group : No . A nd g o to step 12. 12. Now you can either: ❐ Start working on anothe r [...]

  • Página 196

    4. Eithe r: ❐ If you wan t cha ng e th e lab el, press Ye s . Edit the la bel and press Ye s . ❐ If you want to keep this lab el, press No . 5. In pu t a numbe r tha t you wish to sto re in or er ase fr om th e gro up. Example : Quick Dial 01: Quick Dial key 01. Speed Dial 30: Spe ed Dia l , 3 an d 0 on the te n keyp ad. Full numbe r: Ente r it[...]

  • Página 197

    Storage C apacit y for T ele phone Number s When yo u use the t hree feature s listed in the f ollowing table, you can d ial more than one numbe r . Some function s have dif ferent capacitie s. COMMUNICA TION FEA TURE P AGE MAX . NUMBER OF ADDRESSES/F AX MESSAGE TOT A L FA X E S TOT A L ADDRESSES FOR ALL F AXE S MAX. STORED Pag es Broadcasting 62 1[...]

  • Página 198

    DEALING WI TH JUNK F AX MAIL The followin g feature s will help you to reject unwan te d jun k fax mail. ❐ Autho rized Re ceptio n: se e page 77. ❐ Closed Netwo rk (Receptio n): se e page 93. ❐ Reject ion of messa ges from un auth orize d sen de rs: see page 76. OTHER ITEM S TO PROGRAM A T YOUR LEISURE The followin g feature s will help you u[...]

  • Página 199

    ADF (Au tomatic Documen t Feeder): A device which feeds the pages of a multi- page document one at a time, in the order that you arranged the pages in the stac k. Batch Nu mbering (Pag e Count): This is a way of number ing pages that allows you to check whether you rec eived all pages, and if not, which ones are miss ing. For example, if you rec ei[...]

  • Página 200

    Handset : This is the telephone that is c onnected to the jack marked "TEL". Home Position: Some of your machine’ s features can be adjusted. T he home position is the setting to whic h the machine always retur ns at the end of an operation. Intern ational Dialing Co de: This is the code that mus t be dialed at the beginning of the numb[...]

  • Página 201

    FUNCTION LIST No. Funct ion Page 1 1 Polling Reception 157 12 Confidential T r ansmis sion 102 13 T ransfer Reques t 94 14 Secured Polling Transmis sion 154 15 Free Polling T ransmission 153 21 Erasing Memory Files 159 22 Erasing Polling Reception Files 159 23 Erasing Polling Trans miss ion Files 159 31 Programming Quick Dials/ Printing the Quick D[...]

  • Página 202

    Index A Activity Report (T CR) 1 17, 121 Add Paper Indicator 126 Add T oner Indicator 127 - 128, 165 AI Short Protocol 1 16 Authorized Reception 77 Authorized Reception List 94, 124 On/Of f switch 78 Auto Document 53 Auto Receive Mode 35 B Batch T rans mission 67 Broadcasting 20 Buzzer Alarm 22 V olume Control 41 C Clear Original 22, 140 Clock 172 [...]

  • Página 203

    L Language Selection 171 Lightning protection 7 - 8 Line Fail Indicator 146 M Manual Receive Mode 35 Memory % Display 6 Memory Lock 72 - 73, 75, 83 On/Of f switch 74 Memory T ransmission 17, 32 Multi-sort Document Reception 88 Multicopy Mode 1 13 N Night T imer 108 O On Hook Dial 38, 40 On/Of f Switches 156 Authorized Reception 78 Confidential File[...]

  • Página 204

    Receiving Confidential Messages 69 Substitute Reception 36 Redialing 13, 34 Reducing the Page Length 92 Replacing Copy Paper 126 Replacing the T oner Cassette 127 - 128, 165 Report Special T erminal List 124 Reports Authorized Reception List 94 Communication Failure Repor 1 17 Communication Result Report 1 18 Communication Result Report On/Of f 1 1[...]

  • Página 205

    USA FCC Requirem ents 1. This equipment compli es with P art 68 of the FCC rules. On the cov er of this equipment is a label that contains , among other informati on, the FCC regis t rati on number and ringer equival enc e number (REN) for thi s equipment . If requested, this inf ormat ion mus t be provided to the tel ephone com pany . 2. Thi s equ[...]

  • Página 206

    CER TIFICA TION LABEL Certif ication L abel RICOH UNI TECHNO CO., L TD. Complies with FDA radiatio n performa nce st andards, 2 1 CFR Subch apter J. 713 TSURUGA SONE YASHIO -SHI SAITAMA -KEN JAP AN. MANUFACTURED: PPC2100S HS[...]

  • Página 207

    SUPPLI ES CAUTION: Rico h shall not be respon sible for an y damage o r expense t hat may result from th e use of part s othe r than reco mmended p arts. T O NER CASS ETTE S ❐ RICOH T ONER CASSETTE TYP E 100 is reco mmende d f or t he best p erf orm- ance. PHOTO CONDUCTO R ❐ RICOH PHOT OCONDUCTOR TYP E 100 is recommended for the best perfo r m-[...]

  • Página 208

    Errata P27,53, 57,62,T able of Contents and index Label In sert ion Feat ure is not ava ilab le with this mod el. P42 "Advan ce Fea tu res" section sta rts fro m t his page . From P1 1 7 to P1 20 and P15 9 Repla ce " Memo ry Storag e Report " and "P ollin g Rese rve Rep ort" with "File Reserve Report ". This [...]

  • Página 209

    OPERA T OR’S MANUAL RICOH F AX2700L Please read all of thes e instructions and keep this manual by your mac hine.[...]

  • Página 210

    Optional Equi pment Memory (FEA TURE EXP ANDER TYPE 100 2M, FEA TURE EXP ANDER TYPE 100 4M) Eith er a 2-Mb yte memory card or a 4-Mbyt e memo ry card can be adde d. PC Printer Inter fac e Kit (PRI NTER INTE RF ACE TYPE 100) This allows you to use the machin e as a lase r p rint er fo r an IB M 1 o r compa tible perso nal compu ter . T elephone Hand[...]

  • Página 211

    WARNING: This equipme nt has been teste d and found t o comply with the limits for a Cla ss A digital d evice, pursuan t to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designe d to provide reaso nable pro tection a gainst harmfu l inte rferen ce when th e equipme nt is opera ted in a co mmercial en vironment. This eq uipment g enera tes, uses, and c[...]

  • Página 212

    1. Re ad all o f th ese in structio ns. 2. Save these inst ruction s f or lat er use . 3. Follow all warnings and instru ctio ns marke d on the prod uct . 4. Unplug th is prod uct from th e wall ou tle t befo re clea nin g. Do not use liqu id cleaners or aero sol cleane rs. Use a damp clot h fo r cleaning . 5 . D o not us e t hi s pro duc t ne ar w[...]

  • Página 213

    T a ble of Contents INTRODU CT ION 1 WHA T DOES A F AX MACHINE DO ? 1 TELEPHONE LINE PRO BLEMS AFFE CT F AX CO MMUNICA TION 1 SOME O F THE THINGS THA T THIS MACHINE CAN DO 2 HOW T O USE THIS MAN UAL 4 MANUAL OVER VI EW 4 CONVE NTIONS 5 Key nam es 5 Dis pla ys 5 Symbols 6 ST ORI NG TELEPHO NE NUMBERS 7 ST ORING NAMES AND LABELS 7 Punctuation Mar ks [...]

  • Página 214

    INST ALLIN G TH E MACHIN E 24 LOCA TION 24 A TT ACHING THE DOCUMENT T ABLE AND DOCUMENT TRA Y 2 5 INST ALLING THE PHOT OCONDUCT OR, TONER CAS SETTE AND CLE AN- ING P AD 26 CONNECTING THE MACHINE 28 LOADING THE P APER IN THE CASSETTE 29 INST ALLING THE REMOV ABLE CASSETTE AND LOADING P APER (OP - TION) 31 A TT ACHING THE OPTIO NAL HANDSET 34 INST AL[...]

  • Página 215

    Substit ute Rece pt ion 83 TELEP HONE CALLS 85 Making a T elephone Call 85 Answe ring t he T elephone 87 Phonin g and Faxin g on the Same Call 87 Speake r and B uzzer V olume Ad justmen ts 88 ADV ANCED FEA TURE S 90 TRANSFER REQ UES T 90 Overview 90 T ransf er Req ue st 91 TRANSMISSI ON 96 Keyst roke Prog rams 96 Confide ntial T ran smission 101 Au[...]

  • Página 216

    Copyin g 168 Dual Acce ss 169 RDS (Remote Diag nostic Syst em) 170 AI S hor t Pro toc ol 171 REPOR TS 172 AUTO MA TICALL Y PRINTE D REPORTS 172 Descript ions of the A vaila ble Report s 172 Switching Reports On/O ff 174 Print ing a Sample of Data on the Rep ort s 175 Report Forma ts 1 76 USER-I NITIA TED REPORTS 178 Descript ions of A vailable Rep [...]

  • Página 217

    SPECIFICA TIONS 216 GLOSSAR Y 2 17[...]

  • Página 218

    INTRODUCTION Than k you fo r purch asing th is prod uct . This mult i-funct ion of fice machine of fers a wide range of fax, cop ier , print er , and convenie nce featu res. What Do es a Fax Mac hine Do? When you write a letter , you normally seal it in an envelope, attach a stamp, and post it in the nearest mail box. Then, in a few day s, dependin[...]

  • Página 219

    Sending a Fax to More Than O ne Location See page 62. Network F eature (T ransfer Request) See page 90. Restricting Access to the Mac hine See page 107. Quick Dial, Speed Dial, and Group Dial See page 42. Confidential Communication See pages 101 and 121. Sending a Fax Later See page 73. INTRODUCTION 2[...]

  • Página 220

    Keystroke Progr ams See page 96. Auto Document (sends a commonly transmitted page with one touch) See page 103. Authorized Reception (c uts out junk fax mail) See page 130. Batch T ransmission See page 1 19. T ransmission Deadline See page 74. Protection against Wr ong Connections See page 1 17. Forwarding See page 133. INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION 3[...]

  • Página 221

    MANUAL OVER VIEW Y our fa csimile mach ine is equip pe d with a wide ran ge of lab or-sa ving and cost-sa ving featu res. This ma nual exp lains e ach of th ese feat ure s, and ho w you can pu t th em to use. Note that th e extern al appe ara nce of the mach ine in some illustra tio ns may be slight ly dif ferent from the actual ma chin e. The man [...]

  • Página 222

    CONVENTIONS The followin g con ven tio ns were used when writ ing this man ual . Keynames These have bee n prin te d in a bold typ eface . For examp le: Wh en you see a command in bo ld such as " S tart " me ans "Pre ss the Sta rt key on the operat ion panel" . If you see some th ing like " # x 3 ", t his m eans th at [...]

  • Página 223

    Most pro ced ure s start from stand by mod e, that is, whe n the disp lay is a s shown on th e right. Th e value a ft er " RE A D Y " sho ws h ow much memory space is rema ining. NOTE : If you start a procedure and do not enter anything at the operation panel for more than 5 minutes, the machine returns to standby mode. Symbols The text c[...]

  • Página 224

    STORING TELEPHONE NUMBERS T o dial a telephone numbe r or store it as a Quick Dial or Speed Dial, type it into the machin e at the ten -key pa d on the ope rat ion pan el. STORING NAM ES AND LABELS Y ou can ent er na mes usin g th e Quick Dial K eys. Use Quick Dial Ke ys 01 to 26 fo r the lett ers of the alph ab et, an d use Quick Dial 27 as a spac[...]

  • Página 225

    Punctuation Marks and Symbols If you press 28 of the Quick Dial key while ent erin g a lab el, you can ent er th e symbols. A nd scro ll t he symb ole s u sing or of the scroll key . Followin gs are the symb ole s you can enter . & $ ! " # $ % & ’ ( ) * + , / : ; < > ? @ [ ¥ ] ^ Press Ye s when you get the symb ol you want to [...]

  • Página 226

    ON/OFF SWITCHES AND USER P ARAMETERS Some of th e fe at ure s in this mach ine can be switche d on or of f, and some of th em do not work unless th ey are switche d on first. Other fe at ure s can be adju ste d in variou s ways. Ea ch adjust men t or on/o f f switch is expla ine d in the rele van t sectio ns of the manu al. There are two user funct[...]

  • Página 227

    On/of f switches available in th is menu are Feature Feature 1 T elephone Line T ype 5 Daylight Saving T ime/Summer T ime 2 A uthorized Reception 6 Memory Lock 1 3 Night Timer 7 Forwarding 1 4 RDS 8 Multicopy Rec eption 1 ( 1 : Option al Fea ture Exp an der re quired .) User P arameter Se ttings A wide range of fe at ure s ca n be swit che d on or [...]

  • Página 228

    4. Eit her : Scroll thro ugh the switch es with and until t he required switch appears. The n go t o ste p 3. Finish: Ye s an d Function . The user para meter switch es are out line d below . *: Defau lt Switch 00 - Home positi on setti ngs Digit Purpo se 0 Stamp 0: Off * 1: On (succ essfully s canned documents will be marked) 1 2 3 Contrast home p[...]

  • Página 229

    Switch 03 - Autom ati c printi ng of re ports Digit Purpo se 0 T ransmission result repor t (memory transmis sion) 0: Of f 1: On* 1 Do not change this setting. 2 Memory stor age report 0: Of f* 1: On 3 Polling reserve r eport (polling reception) 0: Off* 1: On 4 Polling result report (polling rec eption) 0: Of f 1: On* 5 T ransmission result repor t[...]

  • Página 230

    Switch 07 - Do not change these settings Digit Purpo se 0 to 7 Do not change these settings. Switch 08 - V arious Digit Purpo se 0, 1 Multicopy reception (Feature Expander Required) Digit 1 Digit0 Setting X 0 Off* 0 1 Messages from senders whose R TI/CSIs are programmed are multi- copied. 1 1 Messages from senders whose R TI/CSIs are not p rogramme[...]

  • Página 231

    Switch 09 - V arious Digit Purpo se 0, 1 Memory lock Digit 1 Digit 0 Setting (Feature Expander Required) X 0 O f f* 0 1 Messages from s enders whose RTI/CSI are pr ogrammed are not printed unless you enter the memory lock ID. 1 1 Messages from s enders whose RTI/CSI are no t programmed are not printed unless you enter the memory lock ID. 2 to 7 Do [...]

  • Página 232

    Switc h 13 Do not change thes e settings Digit Purpo se 0 to 7 Do not change these settings. HOW T O USE THIS MANUAL HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL 15[...]

  • Página 233

    WARNING: Do not att empt any ma inten ance or troublesh ootin g other t han that me ntion ed in this ma nual. This ma chine co ntain s a laser beam generat or and dire ct expo sure to laser beams ca n cause perma nent eye damag e. POWER AND GROUNDING Pay atte nt ion to the fo llowin g. Power Supply 1. Powe r requireme nts: 1 15 V , 60 Hz 2. Insert [...]

  • Página 234

    COLD WEA THER POWER-UP A void ra ising t he room tempe rature abru ptly when it is below 57 ° F , or co nden sation may form insid e th e mach ine . 1. Raise the roo m t emp era tu re to 68 ° F at less than 18 ° F per ho ur . 2. W ait for 30 to 60 minute s. 3. T urn th e p owe r on . Do not use the machine nea r a humi difi er . THUNDERSTORMS Wi[...]

  • Página 235

    COPY P APER 16 to 24 lb. copy pa pe r is recommen de d: lett er or leg al sizes are the most commonly use d Do not use damp pa per , or copies will be defe ctive . Do not touch cop y paper if you r fing ers are wet or oily; fing erp rints may app ear on th e c opy . Keep paper in a vinyl bag if it will not be used for a lon g time. Store in a coo l[...]

  • Página 236

    GENERAL Read the I mporta nt S afety Informa tion at t he f ront of t his man ual. Since some parts of the machin e are supp lied with hig h volt ag e, make sure that you do not attemp t an y repa irs or att emp t to access any part of the machine excep t th ose d escribed in this manual. Do not ma ke mod ifica tio ns or rep lacemen ts othe r tha n[...]

  • Página 237

    1 Document T able 2 Document Guide 3 Operation Panel 4 Power Switch 5 Document T ray 6 Paper cassette 7 Copy T ray GUIDE T O COMPONENTS 5 3 2 1 6 4 7 20[...]

  • Página 238

    This page is intentio nally blan k GUIDE T O COMPONENTS 21[...]

  • Página 239

    1. Communicat ing Indicato r Lights when a fax message is being tr ansmitted or received Receive File Indicato r Lights when an incoming message was r eceived into memory . Blinks when confidential reception file or memor y lock file is stored in the memory . Check Display Indicato r Lights when some error oc curs. See the instruction appear ing on[...]

  • Página 240

    2. Display Displays prompts, war nings, and selected modes . Stamp Key P ress to enable or disable the trams mission.scanning ver ification stamp feature. Funct ion Key Press to use one of the numbered functions explained in this manual. Y es/No Keys Use to answer questions on the dis play . Scroll Key When an arrow is shown on the dis play , use t[...]

  • Página 241

    LOCA T ION For t he best possib le pe rformance, insta ll your machine in a place which satisfie s the f ollowing conditio ns. Not exp ose d to direct sunlig ht W e ll ventilat ed (air turn ove r at lea st three times per hou r); to avoid the build -up of ozon e, make sure to loca te the machin e in a larg e well-ve ntilat ed room which has an air [...]

  • Página 242

    A TT ACHING DOCUMENT T ABLE AND DOCUMENT TRA Y 1. Open the fron t cove r . 2. Att ach th e docume nt tab le and th e do cu- ment tray a s shown . 3. Close the fron t cove r unt il you hear it clicks. If your docume nt is large, pull the ext en sion s out. Attaching the Copy T ray 1. Attach the cop y tray as sho wn. 2. Y ou can also exte nd th e co [...]

  • Página 243

    INST ALLING THE PHOTOCONDUCTOR, TONER CASSETTE AND CLEANING P AD Before using the machin e, in sta ll the photo con ducto r , toner cassett e and cleaning pad the a s in t he follo wing p rocedure 1. L ift u p th e oper ati o n pa ne l. 2. Op en the fr on t cove r . (Push th e bu tton on the cove r .) 3. Pla ce th e ph ot ocond uct or in th e mach [...]

  • Página 244

    6. Shake the ton er casse tt e befo re inst allin g it. Pull ou t th e she et of the to ne r cassett e. And remove th e b lack shee t. 7. Slid e th e to ne r casset te into the machin e as far as it will go. Gent ly push down the cassett e to secure it in place. 8. I ns tal l the cl ea nin g pa d as s ho wn in th e i l- lustlat ion. Match the posit[...]

  • Página 245

    CONNECTING THE MACHI NE Before using the machin e, co nnect t he ma chine to t he t elephon e line prop erly . And p lug t he powe r cable and switch on. Make sure tha t it is prop erly con ne cte d to the tele ph on e line and the powe r outle t, as shown above. CAUTION Do not swit ch on unt il everyth ing is conne cted prop erly. Prog ram th e T [...]

  • Página 246

    LOADING THE P APER I N THE CASSETTE When you loa d th e paper in th e cassett e, do th e fo llowing. 1. Remo ve th e casse tt e. CAUTION: To avo id drop ping the cassett e hold it b y the f ront and side while pulling it out. 2. Push the metal plate d own. 3. Pu shin g th e metal pla te , tu rn ove r t he casset te a nd take out the clip a s demons[...]

  • Página 247

    4. Push do wn th e met al plate on th e ba se of the casset te until it clicks. Make sure the posit ion s of th e two side fence s match the pap er size by che cking them a gainst the scale prin te d on the bot to m of th e pa pe r casset te . The fe nce s shou ld be align ed so tha t th e insid e ed ge of each fe nce is just tou chin g th e line o[...]

  • Página 248

    INST ALLING REMOV ABLE CASSETTE AND LOADING P APER (OPTION) 1. Pu ll out and remove the casset te . 2. T urn over th e ca sset te and re move the front cover at tache d to the cassett e as shown in th e pict ure . Then close t he ca ssette. 3. Remo ve th e cove r of th e casse tt e. 4. Push the bott om pla te until it clicks. INST ALLING THE MACHIN[...]

  • Página 249

    5. Adju st t he po sitio n of th e ba ck f en ce. 6. Adju st the po sitio n o f th e side f ence Inst allin g th e lon g pape r exte nsio n. 7. T urn over the casse tte. Remo ve the extension . 8. T urn over th e ca sset te again an d in stal l the ext en sion . 11 8 1 2 INSTALLING THE M ACHINE 32[...]

  • Página 250

    9. Rotat e the dial unt il the approp riat e size appears. 10. Se t t he pap er un de r t he co rne rs. An d push th e side fen ce to the pap er . 1 1. Set th e cove r of th e remo vab le casse tt e. 12. Inst all the remo vab le cassett e. INST ALLING THE MACHINE INSTALL ING THE MACHINE 33[...]

  • Página 251

    A TT ACHING THE OPTIONAL HANDSET 1. A tt ach the hand set stan d to t he b racke t using th e sho rte r screws. (A) Then at ta ch the bra cket and st an d to the machine using the lo nger screws. (B) 2. T o avoid slack wire hangin g a t t he rea r of the mach ine , atta ch th e cord clip. 1) Insert the cord int o th e clip ab ou t two t hirds d own[...]

  • Página 252

    USING MANUAL FEED Y ou can set a sheet of pape r using the manu al fe eder whe n you make a cop y or print from th e PC (Optio na l Print er Inte rfa ce is requ ired ). 1. In sert a sheet of paper and alig n it with the righ t ed ge . Note : T he acceptable paper size from the man- ual feed is 7.5" to 8.5" in width, and 5.5" to 14.0&[...]

  • Página 253

    SOME ITEM S MUST BE PROGRAMMED F IRST Overvie w Aft er you have insta lled your ne w machin e and con ne cte d it to th e te lep hone line, there are a few thing s tha t you have to do before you start to send fax messa ge s from you r new mach ine . Y ou sho uld set up your mach ine ’ s clock and identif icat ion . In fact, fo r faxes se nt to, [...]

  • Página 254

    Date and T ime Y our fa x machin e ha s an int ern al clock. It con tro ls the follo wing featu res. The time displa y on th e op era tio n pa ne l while th e machine is idle . Operat ion of time-de lay fe ature s like Send Later . The da te and time th at is printe d out on pages th at you receive, if Recep tio n T ime is switched on. The da te an[...]

  • Página 255

    3 .Use the and arrows on t he scroll ke y to switch the feat ure on or o f f. This mode is of f if the displa y is shown as op- posite. 4. T o store yo ur se tt ing : Ye s T erminal Identification There are three labe ls which ide nt ify you rself to the operato r at th e othe r end . These labe ls a re calle d th e R TI, the TTI, an d t he CSI . R[...]

  • Página 256

    Note: Y ou can switch the TTI of f for a particu lar tra nsmissio n if you d o not wish it to be printe d on your pa ges as they ar e prin te d at the oth er en d. See page 76. R TI (Remote T erminal Identification) Y our R TI appears on the other pa rty’ s o peratio n pane l durin g communica tio n, if the oth er mach ine was made by the same ma[...]

  • Página 257

    T o en ter t he RTI fr om th e s ta nd by mode, pre ss Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 and Ye s . And th en press u ntil the screen is as sho wn o pp osit e. The n press Ye s . If you ha ve just ent er th e R TI in the previous pro cedure , pre ss Ye s . 2. Either If no TTI has b ee n st ored, inp ut th e TTI using th e Qu ick Dial keys and the ten key pa d[...]

  • Página 258

    1. Either: If you enter th e CSI from th e sta ndby mode, p ress Functi on, 6, 2, 2, 2, 2, 6, 1 and Ye s . And th en pr ess unti l th e screen is a s shown opposit e. Finally press Ye s . If you have just en te red th e TTI in the pre viou s proce dure, press Ye s . 2. In pu t your tele ph one nu mber . Example : 21 25 5567 89 Note: Not more th an [...]

  • Página 259

    QUICK DIA L, SPEED DIAL, AND GROUP DIA L Three Conveni ent W ays to Dial Inst ea d of dialin g the fu ll numb er on the fax mach ine ’ s keypa d, you can use Speed Dia l, Quick Dia l or G roup Dial. These featu res allo w you to store tele ph one numbe rs in your machine ’ s memory . (A stored number will remain in th e memory , and you can use[...]

  • Página 260

    When you sto re a Qu ick Dial o r Spe ed Dial, you can also store the name of th e other party as a quick refe ren ce (th is name will be displayed on the opera tio n panel be fo re you press the St art key , so you can check whe th er you have select ed the co rrect n umber). Groups If you freq ue nt ly send the same messa ge at th e same time to [...]

  • Página 261

    Pr ogra mming Quic k Dial This machin e ha s 32 Quick Dia l Keys (01 to 32), each of which can be programme d as one of t he fo llowing: Quick Dial K ey , Grou p, Auto Do cument , or Keyst roke Prog ram. Th e page numb er in th e fo llowing ta ble sho ws the lo cation of the p rogrammin g pro cedure. 1 Quick Dial A fax or telephone number This page[...]

  • Página 262

    6. T o enter the lab el for th is Quick Dial p ress Ye s No te: If yo u do n ot wi sh t o en te r a la be l, press No . Go t o ste p 9. 7. E nt er th e lab el Example : NE W YO RK OFFI CE Enter t he ch aracters u sing t he Quick Dial Key a nd t he ten key pad . How to ente r lab el, see pa ge 7. 8. Ye s 9. Either: Progra m anoth er: G o to step 2. [...]

  • Página 263

    6. Ed it th e lab el . Example : LO NDON OFFI CE How to edit : Se e page 7. 7. Ye s 8. Eit her Edit an ot her: Go t o ste p 2. Finish: Functi on . Erasing a Quick Dial 1. Function 3 1 an d Ye s 2. Press the Quick Dial key th at you wish to erase. Examp le: 01 of the Q uick Dial key . Use and to move the cursor to scroll the Quick Dial number . 3. Y[...]

  • Página 264

    3. Ye s 4. E nt er th e tel ep hone n umb er at the o per a- ti on p an el’s te n k ey pa d. If your mac hine is behind a P BX, include the access code and a pause befor e the telephone number. For an inter national number, place a pause after the country code. To input a pause, press the Pause key. 5. Ye s 6. Eithe r - If y ou w ant to pr ogr am[...]

  • Página 265

    4. Ed it th e numbe r . Use and to move the cursor , and use Clear to delete the character at the cur sor , and enter the correc t character s. Y ou can enter the charac ter before the cursor pos ition. After e nt erin g the ne w nu mbe r , press Ye s 5. Eithe r Change th e label: Edit the existin g lab el, then pre ss Ye s an d go t o ste p 6. Kee[...]

  • Página 266

    Pr ogra mming Gro ups Grou ps allo w you to combine some numbers int o on e gro up , fo r easy seque nt ial tran smission to all the numbe rs in that gro up . The se numb ers can be se lect ed from those alrea dy sto red in Quick Dial Keys or Speed Dial Code s, or you can select oth er nu mbe rs by ent erin g th em at the keypa d. Y ou can also sto[...]

  • Página 267

    If you want to prog ram a lab el fo r this Gro up : Pre ss Ye s and go t o s te p 7. If you do not wish to prog ram th e label: Press No an d go t o ste p 9. 7.Input a labe l using t he Quick Dial keys and th e te n key pa d (such as DISTRI BU- T ORS ). 8. Ye s . 9. Input th e numbe r that you wish to store in the gro up . For exa mple : Quick Dial[...]

  • Página 268

    1. Function 3 3 an d Ye s . 2. In pu t the nu mber of the gro up that you wish to program. Example : If you want to delete or edit the conte nts o f th e Group 1; press 1 of the ten key pad . And pre ss Ye s . 3. Either; - If you want to cha ng e the Quick Dia l key where th at Grou p is store d; Ye s And p ress No and press a New Qu ick Dial Key .[...]

  • Página 269

    7. Either: - Stor e o r e r ase a noth er nu m ber : Go t o step 5. - Finish: Func tion - T o erase a grou p comple tely , you must erase eve ry tele ph one nu mbe r from th e group in dividually , using steps 5 and 6 . Program ming the Group Key Y ou can prog ram the 7 Group s. Howe ver , there is no room in Quick Dial keys, this Grou p key is hel[...]

  • Página 270

    Stora ge Capa city for T elephone Numbers When yo u use the t hree feature s listed in the f ollowing table, you can d ial more than one numbe r . Some function s have dif ferent capacitie s. COMMUNICA TION FEA TURE P AGE MAX . NUMBER OF ADDRESSES/F AX MESSAGE TOT A L FA X E S TOT A L ADDRESSES FOR ALL F AXE S MAX. STORED Pag es Broadcasting 62 132[...]

  • Página 271

    DEALING WI TH JUNK F AX MAIL The followin g feature s will help you to reject unwan te d jun k fax mail. Autho rized Re ceptio n: se e page 130. Closed Netwo rk (Receptio n): se e page 148. Reject ion of messa ges from un auth orize d sen de rs: see page 129. OTHER ITEM S TO PROGRAM A T YOUR LEISURE The followin g feature s will help you use the ma[...]

  • Página 272

    SENDING A F AX MESSAGE Pr ecautions Concern ing Unacc eptable D ocume nt T ypes Before you send you r documen t, make sure that it mee ts th e fo llowin g requireme nts. Caution: Do cument s that do no t meet these require ments ca n cause your machin e to jam or ma y cause so me compo nent s of th e machin e to beco me damage d or dirty. * The pa [...]

  • Página 273

    Page Condi tion Do n ot p lace d amaged pages in the aut omatic docume nt f eeder . Origin als that cont ain the follo wing mate rials sho uld not be pla ced in the docu men t fe ed er . Make cop ies of the se orig ina ls and scan th e cop ies. Note: Copies made with a copie r tha t use s silicone oil may cau se a misfe ed . T o avoid th is, do not[...]

  • Página 274

    T ransmissi on Procedure at a G lance Overview There are two ways to sen d a fa x message. Immediat e T ransmission Memory T ransmission Immediate T ransmissio n Immed iat e T ransmissio n is co nve nie nt whe n: Y ou wish to send a messag e immed iat ely Y ou quickly wish to check whet he r you ha ve succe ssfu lly conn ect ed with th e othe r par[...]

  • Página 275

    Memory T ransmission Memory T ransmissio n is co nve nie nt be cau se: Fax messag es can be scanned much more quickly (you can take your docume nt away fro m the fax mach ine wit ho ut waitin g to o long). While you r fax messa ge is being sent , an ot he r user can ope rat e th e machine (people will not have to wait by the fax mach ine too long )[...]

  • Página 276

    Sending to Just One Locatio n 1. Make sure th at the machin e is in stan dby mode: The displa y on th e op era tio n pa ne l must be a s shown on the right. 2. Carefully place you r fax message face down into the au to d ocumen t feed er . Note : Y ou can dia l with out p lacin g t he message in the feeder first. P lace t he docume nt aft er you di[...]

  • Página 277

    3. Dial in one of the followin g ways. a) T en Key Pad b) Quick Dial c) S peed Dial d) Handset : Only if the telephone handset is installed. If your machine is behind a PBX, dial the access code, then a pause, then the telephone number. For an international number, press the Pause key after entering the country code. 4. Start 5. The machin e st ore[...]

  • Página 278

    Sending to More T han One Location (Br oadcasting) 1. Make sure tha t th e mach ine is in sta ndby mod e (see page 60 ). 2. Make sure that th e Memo ry indica tor is lit. If it is not , pre ss Me mory . 3. Place your fa x me ssag e fa ce do wn int o th e fe ed er . Y ou can dial without placing the mess age in the feeder first. Place the document a[...]

  • Página 279

    If your machine is behind a PBX, dial the access code, then a pause, then the telephone number. For an international number, plac e a pause after the country code. To input a pause, press the Pause key. 5. Ye s 6. Eithe r Dial another numb er: Go to step 4. Press Star t . The machin e will dial th e first dest ina tio n (or , if you selecte d Send [...]

  • Página 280

    Y ou want to s end more than 30 pages While th e last pag e is bein g fe d in, place more pa ge s (up to 30) in th e fe eder . Y ou made a mista ke whil e dia li ng If you alrea dy pre ssed S tart , pre ss Stop immediate ly . If you h aven’t presse d Sta rt yet, eit he r No . The entire number is dele ted. Ente r a new n umb er . Clear . Only t h[...]

  • Página 281

    Check Di splay I ndicator are bl inking If the CLE AR ORIGI NAL appea rs in the displa y: T a ke ou t th e do cume nt (see pa ge 199) . Th en red ial t he de stin at ion . If th e ERRO R PRES S ST OP KE Y ap pe ars in th e disp lay: If t he Commun icating lamp is not lit , pre ss Stop . If the Commun icat ing lamp is lit, wait unt il it goes out , [...]

  • Página 282

    Contra st, Resolutio n, and Ha lftone Modes Y ou may wish to send many dif ferent types of fax messa ge . So me of the se may be dif ficult to repro du ce at the othe r end. However , your machine has thre e sett ing s tha t you can ad just to he lp you tran smit you r d ocu men t with the best possib le imag e qualit y . If yo u are not sure whe t[...]

  • Página 283

    Contrast The te xt and dia grams in your do cume nt must sta nd out cle arly fro m the paper they are writt en on. If you r docu men t ha s a darke r backg rou nd than normal (fo r example, a newspaper clipp ing ), or if th e writin g is fain t, adju st th e contra st. The re ar e t hre e gra de s. Normal: Su itable for most d ocumen ts Dark en: Us[...]

  • Página 284

    Selecting the Halftone T ype This model has two types of Half to ne: th e Dith er Pro cess an d the hig her q uality Error Dif f usio n Process. T o change the currently used Half to ne typ e, perfo rm the follo wing proce dure. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 and Ye s 2. Ye s . The sett ing s for switch 00 are now shown on the bot to m lin e of the disp[...]

  • Página 285

    Home Position Setting Adjustments For the cont rast , reso lution , and ha lft on e, you can select whethe r the sett ings retu rn to home posit ion at the en d of tran smission (in a new machine , th ey do). Also, you can ch ange t he home posit ions o f th ese se tting s. If you nee d othe r adju stme nt s, con ta ct a service repre sen ta tive .[...]

  • Página 286

    3. If you wish to chan ge one of th e set tin gs, press the key on the ten key pad tha t corresp onds to the d igit t hat you wish t o cha nge. Examp le: 3 from th e ten key pa d. The valu e o f d igit 3 ch an ge s. 4. Finish: Ye s and Function SENDING A FAX MESSAGE R OUTINE OPERATION 70[...]

  • Página 287

    Optional Fe atur es fo r T ransmission When you make a rout ine tran smission , you can access a few optio nal featu res. These option s are only availa ble if " O PTION " c an b e s ee n i n th e to p r igh t corne r of th e display . Personal Code Perso na l Code s do th e fo llowin g. They allo w you to keep track of machin e usa ge (f[...]

  • Página 288

    If you inpu t you r Perso nal Code, you r name will appear on t he TCR an d T ransmission Resu lt Rep ort . 1. Press and make sure th at the displa y is as shown oppo site . 2. Ye s . 3. En te r the perso na l code Example : 7 3 6 2 4. Ye s See page 108 for details on how to pro- gram t he Perso nal Codes a nd their la - bels. SENDING A FAX MESSAGE[...]

  • Página 289

    Send Later Using th is fea tu re, you can instruct th e machine to delay tra nsmissio n of your fa x messag e un til a lat er time , which you specify . This allo ws you to ta ke a dva ntag e of of f-peak tele phon e line charges with ou t ha ving to be by the ma chin e at the time. CAUTION If your ma chine’s me mory is full, you will have t o ke[...]

  • Página 290

    T ransmission Deadline (TRD) (Feature Expander Required) If you r messag e ha s to be sent to th e ot he r end bef ore a certa in time , use the T ransmission Dea dlin e optio n and inp ut this dead line . If the line is busy , the machin e will re dia l at set inte rvals eit he r unt il the messag e gets t hro ug h or un til th e de adline passes.[...]

  • Página 291

    Page Count (Imm ediate T ransmission only) When your fa x messag e is printed at the ot her end, pa ge numb ers will be prin te d on th e to p of each page. Using th e Page Coun t fe ature , you can select th e fo rmat in which the page numb ers are print ed. If you use Page Count: Page numbe rs will be printed in batch-n umb erin g fo rmat (for ex[...]

  • Página 292

    TTI Normally , the TTI progra mmed in your mach ine is printe d at the top of ea ch of t he pages you tran smit whe n th ey are receive d at the other en d. The top of th e ima ge will be overprint ed if there is no marg in at the top of the tra nsmit ted page . In some cases, you may wish th e ot he r part y to receive an unma rked copy of your or[...]

  • Página 293

    Immediate T rans mission Procedure If you do not wish to store the fax messa ge in memory be fo re sen din g it out, use the f ollowing proce dure. The advan tage s and drawb acks of Imme diate T ransmission an d Me mory T ransmission are discussed on pages 58 and 59. 1. Make sure th at the machin e is in standb y mode (see page 60). 2. Make sure t[...]

  • Página 294

    T ransmission Mode Home Po sition Adjustment The defa ult mode of your ma chin e is Memory T ransmission. If you wish, you can change this ho me posit ion to Imme diate T ransmission . The pro ced ure is as follows (see page 1 1 if you need more info rmat ion about the User Para met er set tin gs adjust men t pro ced ure ) . 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6[...]

  • Página 295

    Using the Stamp Press th e St amp key to ach ieve the tran smission verifica tion sta mp.Whe n the Stam p ind icat or is lit, th e machine stamps a sma ll mark on th e bo tt om of each page. During me mory tra nsmission, the st amp in dicate s that the page wa s successf ully sto red . For immed iat e transmissio n, it shows that the page was sen t[...]

  • Página 296

    Redia ling If a message was not tran smitt ed successf ully , that does not mean tha t you have to enter t he tele ph one nu mbe r again. In many cases, the machin e will redia l the destina tion auto mat ically . Or , with the Redial key , you can red ial with just a few keystro kes. Automatic Redialing The machine will automat ically red ial the [...]

  • Página 297

    Using the Redial Key The mach ine rememb ers the last teleph on e nu mbe r tha t you inpu t. If you have to redia l this nu mbe r , just press th e Red ial key , then press th e St art key . This f eature has the following uses. If th e mach ine is wait ing to red ial th e ot he r pa rt y , you do not have to wait for th e redialin g int erva l to [...]

  • Página 298

    RECEIVING F A X MESSAGES Selecting the Rece ption M ode There are two ways to set up your machin e to receive fax messa ge s. Auto Rece ive Mod e Manual Rece ive Mod e Press th e rece pt ion mode key to switch bet wee n th e mod es. Auto Receive Mode This mod e is se lect ed whe n t he Au to Rece ive in dicato r is lit. Inco ming faxe s are rece iv[...]

  • Página 299

    1. The machin e rings cont inu ou sly unt il you an swer th e call. Pick u p t he ha ndset . 2. If you hear a voice from the ot he r end , spe ak in rep ly . If you hear a tone every few secon ds, the other end is a fax te rmina l. Note: Remo ve any docu ments th at are in th e fe eder . 3. If the perso n at the other en d wishe s t o sen d you a f[...]

  • Página 300

    Switching Substitute Reception On or Of f There are two conditio ns un de r which you may wish to disa ble this fe at ure . If you d o n ot like ke ep ing rece ived fax messa ge s in me mory: Afte r you r machine has rece ived a fax message to memo ry , it sends an OK signal t o the othe r end . Howe ver , if somet hin g ha pp en s to you r machin [...]

  • Página 301

    TELEPHONE CALLS A handse t is required to exe cut e the pro ced ures in this sect ion . Y ou can use you r f ax mach ine for dia ling in the same way as you would use a tele phon e. This is usefu l when calling fax mach ine s that are u sua lly kep t in Manual Rece ive Mod e, as well as for te lep ho ne conve rsat ions. Y ou can dial usin g Qu ick [...]

  • Página 302

    Using the Handset Using the fax ma chin e’ s b uilt-in or opt ion al ha ndset , you can use the fax mach ine in the same way as a normal te lep ho ne. Pick up the han dse t and dia l on th e fax machin e’ s ten-key pad (or use a Qu ick Dial Key or Sp eed Dial Cod e if you wish). 1. Pick up the ha nd set . 2. Dia l. See page 61 for how to dial. [...]

  • Página 303

    Answe ring the T eleph one If the telephone ri ngs jus t once: A fax is coming in. Do not pick up th e ha nd set . If the telephone ri ngs conti nuousl y: 1. Pick up the handse t and spe ak to the oth er pa rty . If you he ar a hig h-p itch ed ton e, a fax is coming in. Press Star t th en h ang up . 2. If the caller wan ts to send you a fax, pre ss[...]

  • Página 304

    Do n ot re place the hand set if you wish to spea k t o the othe r p arty a gain. When your mach ine emits a to ne , pre ss Sto p th en spea k. Speaker and Bu zze r V olume A dju stmen ts Y our mach ine has a built in spe ake r . With this spe ake r , you can listen to the teleph one line without picking up the handset . The spe ake r will be au to[...]

  • Página 305

    This page is inte nt ion ally bla nk. ROUTINE OPERA TION ROUTINE OPERATION TELEPHONE CALLS 89[...]

  • Página 306

    TRANSFER REQUEST Overvie w This sectio n exp lain s how you can use this machine to dist ribu te fax messa ge s over netwo rks of fa x machin es. As we have seen (Sen ding to Mo re Than O ne Locat ion, pag e 62), you can se nd the same fa x messag e dire ctly from your mach ine to more th an on e lo cat ion . The diag ram in th at sectio n shows yo[...]

  • Página 307

    T r ans fe r Reques t T ransfer Req ue st he lps you save cost s when you sen d th e same messag e to more than one p lace in a d istant area . Y our mach ine sends the messag e to the T ransf er St at ion , wh ich hold s it in memory . The T ransfer Sta tio n th en send s it on to each of t he En d Re ceive rs in seque nce. Aft er bro ad cast ing [...]

  • Página 308

    Before you can start to set up tra nsf er req ue st, the re are some items tha t you have to pro gra m in your machine . These are as f ollo ws. Y our Fax Ma chin e’ s Own T elephone Numbe r The ID Cod e Storing yo ur Machine’ s Own T elephone Number Stor e you r fax te rmina l’ s tele phon e nu mbe r using this fe ature . If you do not do th[...]

  • Página 309

    Storing the ID Co de Before programmin g th e ID Code, confer with other use rs in your fa x network to agree on an ID Code. This is because commu nica tio ns usin g ID Code s will fa il if the code s are no t th e same . The ID Cod e can be any four-d igit cod e (using digits 0 to 9 and let te rs A to F), except 00 00 and FFFF . In addit ion to th[...]

  • Página 310

    Program ming the ID code T o store an ID Code, do the follo wing . 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 and Ye s . 2. Press until the opposite displa y appea rs. 3. Ye s . 4. In pu t th e ID Cod e that you will be usin g. Example : 4 3 6 3 Do not use 0000 or FFFF . 5. Ye s and Functi on . Editing the ID Code If you want to cha nge th e ID cod e, do the fo llo[...]

  • Página 311

    3. Function 1 3 an d Ye s . 4. Inpu t th e telep hone numb er of t he t rans- fer b roadca sting statio n, then press Ye s . This machine must be of the same manufacturer as y ours, and it must be able to act as a T ransfer Station. 5. In put th e destin at ion s for this t ran sfe r broa dcaste r . Y ou must use Quick Dials, Speed Dials, or Gro up[...]

  • Página 312

    TRANSMISSION Keystroke Program s Overview If you re gularly tra nsmit to a particular de stin at ion or set of dest ina tio ns usin g the same fe at ure s, you can save a lot of repe tit ive keyp ad operat ion by storin g the featu res and de stin at ion s in a Keystroke Prog ram. Keyst roke Prog rams are store d as Qu ick Dial Keys. If you store a[...]

  • Página 313

    Storing a Key stroke Pro gram 1. Make sure th at the machin e is in stan dby mode (see pag e 60). 2. P lac e a s h eet of p aper i n th e fe ed er . Skip step 2 if you are making a Polling Reception program. 3. Select all required features (such as T ransfer Re qu est ) a nd tele ph one nu m- bers as you would normally do. Contrast, resolution, and[...]

  • Página 314

    Labeling a Progr am If you store a label for your ke ystro ke pro gra ms, th e lab el will app ear on th e display wh en yo u use t he p rogram. 1. Function 3 4 and Ye s . If yo u pre ss a nd S ta rt, a P r ogr am Lis t will be prin ted. 2. Press the Quick Dial key th at hold s the pr ogr am th at y o u w is h to l abe l. Example : 01 of t he Quick[...]

  • Página 315

    Using a Program Before using a prog ram, make sure that th e mach ine is in stand by mod e (see page 60 for details). T ransmission Pr og ram 1. Pla ce you r docu men t in th e fe ed er . 2. Press the prog ramme d Quick Dial Key . The program begins at once, or at the later time specified by the progr am. Fr ee Polling R eception Pr og ram 1. Press[...]

  • Página 316

    Erasing a Prog ram When you wish to delete a keystro ke pro gra m, do the follo wing . 1. Function 3 4 an d Ye s . 2. Press the Quick Dial key th at hold s the progra m that you wish to erase, or scroll the Qu ick Dial using and . Example : 08 of t he Quick Dial Ke y . 3. Press Ye s . 4. No . 5. T o delete the prog ram: Ye s . 6. Either: Edit or er[...]

  • Página 317

    Confide ntial T ransmis sion Overview Use this fe at ure if you do not want your messa ge to be picked up casually by anyb ody at th e othe r end . The messag e will be stored in the memo ry at th e oth er end. It will not be print ed until an ID kno wn as th e Confid entia l ID is entered . Note: The machin e at the oth er en d must have memory sp[...]

  • Página 318

    If the int ended rece iver ha s a Perso nal Code with a Con fid entia l ID store d with it, you can overrid e th e receiving machine’ s ID with that Con fiden tia l ID. Then: The rece iver can print the messag e by input tin g the Con fiden tia l I D tha t is stored with th at perso n’ s Personal Cod e. The int ende d rece iver will also be inf[...]

  • Página 319

    3. Enter the Conf ide nt ial ID that you wish to use f or th is messag e. Example : 2 5 6 7 of the te n key p ad and pre ss Ye s . 4. Dial and press Star t . Auto Doc umen t Overview If you oft en find that you have to sen d a pa rticu lar pa ge to pe op le (fo r examp le, a map, a stan dard at tachme nt, or a set of instruct ion s), sto re that pa[...]

  • Página 320

    Storing an Auto Document 1. T ake the do cume nt that you wan t to b e a n Auto Docume nt a nd place it in to t he feed er . 2. Function 3 5 an d Ye s . 3. Press the Quick Dial Ke y that you wish to store t he Au to Docu men t in. Example : 08 of the Quick Dial Key . 4. Ye s . 5. Ye s . The d ocumen t is sca nned . 6. Either; If yo u lab el th is d[...]

  • Página 321

    Using an Auto Do cument 1. Make sure th at the machin e is in standb y mode (see page 60). 2. If you wish to attach a fax messa ge to your A ut o Docu men t, p lace t he f ax fa ce down int o th e feeder . 3. Press the Quick Dial Ke y that con tains the Au to Docume nt tha t yo u nee d. Example : 08 of the Quick Dial Key . 4. Dial the destinat ion [...]

  • Página 322

    Erasing an Auto Do cument If yo u wish to de let e a n A ut o Do cume nt , do th e fo llowin g. 1. Function 3 5 and Ye s . 2. Press the Quick Dial Ke y that con tains the Au to Docume nt t ha t you wish to erase. Example : 08 of the Quick Dial Key . 3. Ye s . 4. No . 5. T o erase th e Aut o Do cument : Ye s . 6. Either: Erase an othe r Auto Docu me[...]

  • Página 323

    Restricting Ac cess to the Machin e Overview When your mach ine arrives from the fact ory and is insta lled for th e first time, anyb ody ca n use it. Howe ver , using a system of Perso na l Code s, th e mach ine can be set up to pre ven t unauth orized pe rson s from using th e ma chine. The nece ssary pro ced ure s are given in th e followin g se[...]

  • Página 324

    Each user can be given a Pe rson al Code. While progra mming, you can store th e follo wing items with e ach P ersonal Co de: A name: This will b e printe d on reports, such as t he TCR, t o iden tif y th e u sers of t he ma chine. A Confident ial ID: This mu st be dif ferent for ea ch P erso na l Cod e, an d d if ferent from your mach ine ’ s Co[...]

  • Página 325

    6. In put a na me fo r t his Pe rson al Cod e using th e Qu ick Dial keys or the ten key pad. Example : JOHNS ON How to e nt er the lab el ; s e e pa ge 7 . - If y ou s o no t wi sh to s t ore a n ID : No . Go to ste p 8 7. S tor e th e nam e: Ye s . Either : - If y ou do n ot h av e a n op tio na l f ea tur e expan de r , go t o ste p 8. - If y ou[...]

  • Página 326

    Edit the Con fiden tia l ID store d with this cod e; press Ye s then inpu t the ID. When t he ID is correct, press Ye s . 8. Either: Ent er or ed it an ot her co de : Go t o ste p 2. Finish: Function . Switching on Restricted Access Restrict ed Access a llows yo u t o ke ep a clo ser t rack o f ma chin e u sag e, an d det ers passers-by fro m casua[...]

  • Página 327

    T o switch Restricted Acce ss On or Of f, do the f ollo wing : If you wish to switch Rest ricte d Access on or of f, do the follo wing pro ced ure. (S ee page 1 1 if you need more informat ion about the User Para met er set tin gs adjustme nt p rocedu re). 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 and Ye s . 2. Ye s . 3. The sett ings for switch 00 are no w sho wn[...]

  • Página 328

    T onal Signals Some orga niza tio ns of fer you special service s by tele ph on e, which you can access by transmit tin g T ouch T o ne or DTMF tone s. I f yo ur pho ne service pro vide s only pulse dia ling , or if you are calling ove r a digital ne two rk, th e ability to genera te T onal Signals will allow you to access t he se se rvices. First,[...]

  • Página 329

    5. Input th e dig its th at you need to use the remot e facility . These dig its will d epen d on the re mote facility . Note: Do not press Start . 6. Aft er yo u h ave fin ishe d yo ur b usin ess wit h t he remo te fa cility , hang up. Cross-reference Tone Dial (Telephone Line T y pe): see page 41. ADV ANCED FEA TURES ADVANCED FEATURES TRANSMISSIO[...]

  • Página 330

    Chain D ialing This featu re allo ws you to compose a te lep ho ne number fro m various part s, some of which may be sto red as Quick Dial Keys or Speed Dial Code s, and some of which may be input at the keypa d. For examp le, you can program commo nly use d area or cou ntry co des in to Speed Dial Codes or Quick Dial Keys. This f eature is conveni[...]

  • Página 331

    This page is intentio nally blan k. ADV ANCED FEA TURES ADVANCED FEATURES TRANSMISSION 115[...]

  • Página 332

    Close d Netwo rk (T ransmis sion) This fea tu re he lps to stop you fro m accide ntally sen din g a fax messag e to a terminal th at is outside you r fax netwo rk. The ID Cod es of the commun icat ing machin es are checke d. If th ey are not the same, the co mmunicat ion is stopped. If you are int ere ste d in this featu re, chan ge the user parame[...]

  • Página 333

    Pr ote ction Ag ainst W r o ng Co nnection s This fea tu re pre ven ts th e auto mat ic swit chin g eq uip men t in th e telep hone network from accid enta lly co nnect ing you to the wro ng fax te rmina l. Howeve r , it does not he lp you if you dia led the wrong numb er you rself . So, eve n if this fe at ure is switched on, you sho uld still ch [...]

  • Página 334

    ECM (Err or Corr ection M ode) an d Page Retrans mission ECM is a signalin g syste m tha t gre at ly re duces th e chance of data bein g lost beca use of a bad te lepho ne line. ECM is use fu l if you fre qu en tly commu nica te over poor te lep ho ne lin es. With ECM switched on, the commun icat ion cost will increa se if th e line is bad, but the[...]

  • Página 335

    Batch T rans mission ( F eatur e Expander Requir ed) Overview This featu re will save commu nicatio n cost s if you of te n sen d more tha n one messag e to the same loca tio n. Exampl e: If vario us pe ople in you r of f ice sen d message s to th e T okyo branch of fice, send ing all these messa ge s on sep ara te calls can be expe nsive . It is c[...]

  • Página 336

    Changing the Batch T ransmission On/Of f In a new machin e, this set tin g is "Of f". If you wish to chan ge this set tin g, use the follo wing proce dure. (S ee page 1 1 if you need more info rmat ion about the Use r Para met er set tin gs ad just men t pro ced ure ). 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 and Ye s . 2. Ye s . 3. The settin gs fo r s[...]

  • Página 337

    RECEPTION Confide ntial Rec eption (Fe atur e Expander Requir ed) Overview If th e ot he r part y sent you a message usin g Co nfide ntial T ransmission, th e messag e is store d in the memo ry , and not printed . The "Re ceive File" ind icator o n the operat ion panel blinks to inf orm you when a conf ide nt ial messa ge has come in. Als[...]

  • Página 338

    Storing a Conf idential ID This can be any fo ur-d igit code (using digits 0 to 9). It must be use d to print any conf ide nt ial messa ge s tha t you r machin e ha s receive d. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 and Ye s 2. Press until t he screen is as shown o p- posite. 3. Ye s . 4. Input the Con fid entia l ID tha t you will be using. Exa mple: 6 7 5 4 [...]

  • Página 339

    2. In pu t th e ID. Example: 6 7 5 4 from t he ten key pa d. If you can no t ou tp ut a conf ide nt ial file with this ID, you have inp ut the wrong ID or the sender ma y have over-rid den your I D. Conta ct you r sender . 3. Star t NOTE: I f the Receive File indicat or is blinkin g, an inco ming fa x message ha s been sto red in the memory usin g [...]

  • Página 340

    Confidential File Repor t This report inf orms you when a confide ntial messa ge has been receive d. Y ou can store a separat e Con fid en tia l ID with ea ch of the Perso na l Code s. If the send er of the messag e use s Conf ident ial ID Override , the sen der can spe cify on e of these IDs. If so, th e Con fid entia l File Report will cont ain t[...]

  • Página 341

    Memory Loc k (Featu re Expander Re quire d ) Overview T o use Memory Lock, you must first: Store a Memo ry Lock ID. Switch Me mory Lock o n. T o make Memory Lock more versatile you may cho ose to rece ive messa ge s from select locat ion s into memory or execlud e cert ain select locat ion s from coming int o memory . Y ou may: Specify th e sen de [...]

  • Página 342

    3. In put th e Memory Lock ID th at you will b e using. Examp le: 6 7 5 4 from the ten key pad. 4. S tor e th e ID: Ye s an d Functi on . Editing the Memory Lock ID 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 and Ye s 2. Press until t he screen is as shown o p- posite. 3. Ye s 4. Ye s 5. No an d i nput a n ew num ber . 6. Ye s an d Functi on . Switching Memory Lock [...]

  • Página 343

    Specifying Which Senders Messag es to Lock in Memory If you like to receive inf orma tion fro m only sele ct locatio ns int o memory lock, you can pro gra m the R TI code or CS I co de of th ose loca tions. A terminal se nd ing an incomin g message s always ide nt ifie s itself to yo ur t ermin al. The ide nt ifica tio n consist s of an R TI or a C[...]

  • Página 344

    Printing fro m Memory Lock (Featur e Expander Required) If the Rece ive File indicato r is blinking, a messa ge has been store d usin g Memory Lock. Prin t it usin g the fo llowin g proced ure . 1. Function 5 5 and Ye s . 2. In put th e Memory Lock ID. Example : 4 6 3 3 fr om th e te n k ey pa d. 3. Start . NOTE: I f the Receive File indicat or is [...]

  • Página 345

    Rejectio n of Me ssage s fr om Unidentif ied Senders If you wish, you can make the machin e reje ct inco ming me ssag es th at re quire stora ge to you r machin e’ s memory , if they are no t acco mpa nie d with an identifie r such as th e R TI or CSI. Featu res th at wo uld be af fected are Substit ut e Rece pt ion , Memory L ock, an d Co nf ide[...]

  • Página 346

    Autho riz ed Receptio n Overview This featu re he lps you to reje ct jun k fax mail. It let s you spe cify which termin als you wish to receive fax messa ge s from; all others will b e shut ou t. T o a uth orize recep tio n fro m a particula r send er: Switch Autho rized Re cep tion on. Specify th e sende rs whose messages you want accep t. Do this[...]

  • Página 347

    Switching Authorized Receptio n On/Of f Before you use A ut ho rized Recept ion, yo u h ave to switch it on u sing Fun ctio n 62. If it is switche d of f, the machine will accep t any incomin g fa x messag e. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 2 and Ye s . 2. Scroll thro ugh th e list of features with until the screen is as shown opposit e. 3. Ye s . 4. Cha n[...]

  • Página 348

    3. Press until the settin gs fo r switch 08 are shown. Th e s et tin gs th at y o u need t o c ha ng e are d igit 2 (d ouble u nderline) and 3 (sin- gle u nderline). 4. Set on e of the two as sho wn op po site Press 2 of th e te n key pad to change the settin g of digit 2. Press 3 t o cha ng e th e settin g of digit 3. If you want to acce pt all in[...]

  • Página 349

    Forwar ding (Featu r e Expan der R equir ed) Overview Using this fea tu re, you can send fax messa ge s coming in from cert ain locat ion s on to anoth er fa x machine. The termina ls t hat re ceive your fo rward ed messa ges are called "f orwa rdin g termina ls". If ot he r fax mach ine s in your org an izat ion have this fe ature , you [...]

  • Página 350

    Notes: Your machine prints all th e messag es tha t it forward s. If yo u do not want it to do this, change the set ting of t he user parame ter (Functio n 63) switch 11 b it 6 to ’ 0’. You can select wh ether or n ot your mach ine tra nsmits a f orwarding ma rk to be printed at the other e nd on the top of each page of t he output. Th is mark [...]

  • Página 351

    Program ming the Forwar ding Feature This sectio n sho ws you ho w to set up your machin e to forwa rd inco ming fax messag es to ano th er loca tio n or loca tions. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 8 2 and Ye s . T o print a list , pre ss 2. Ye s . 3. St ore a forwa rdin g sta tio n numbe r . Example : 21 25 5512 34 If your mach ine is behin d a PB X, add th[...]

  • Página 352

    Editing the Forwar ding Feature 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 8 2 and Ye s . 2. Press until the forward ing stat ion num- ber you wish to edit appe ars. The n press Ye s . 3. Either: - Erase this forwarding stat ion’ s number and all R TIs/ CSIs store d with it: Press No , then Ye s t o e rase . Then press Function . - If you change the forward ing stat [...]

  • Página 353

    6. Either: -Edit th e R TI/CSI and press Ye s . The n go to ste p 7. - T o delete th e R TI/CS I: No and Ye s . Then go t o ste p 5. Caution: I f you dele te all the RTIs and CSI s for a forwardin g stat ion, you must a lso delete the f orwardin g stat ion (see step 3 ). If you do not do this, al l incoming m essages wi ll be for warded to that s t[...]

  • Página 354

    4. Set on e of the two as sho wn op po site Press 6 of th e te n key pad to change the settin g of digit 6. Press 7 to chang e th e set tin g of digit 7. If you want to forward all incom- ing message s from spe cial termi- nals. SW I T C H 8 0 10 0 0000 If you want to forward all incom- ing messa ges excep t those from specia l terminals. SW I T C [...]

  • Página 355

    Switching Forwar ding On/Of f Before you use Forward ing, you have to switch it on usin g Fun ctio n 62 . If it is switche d of f, the machine will n ot forwa rd an y incomin g fa x me ssag es. After you switch Forwadin g on, (F O R W A R D ) is displayed on the opera tion pa ne l when t he ma chine is in stan dby mode. Note: Forwardin g cannot be [...]

  • Página 356

    4. If you wish to change the sett ing , pre ss 0 of th e te n k ey pa d. 5. Finish: Ye s an d Function . RECEPTION ADVANCED FEATURES 140[...]

  • Página 357

    W ild Car ds This fea tu re gre at ly enh an ces th e ef fective ness o f th e fo llowin g fe ature s: Autho rized Recep tion Forward ing Memory Lock Multi-S ort Do cument In each of the se fe ature s, you have to sto re the R TI or CSI of various termina ls that you norma lly receive fax message s from. Then , wh en you r mach ine de te cts an inc[...]

  • Página 358

    Revers e Or der Printing (F eatur e Expander Requ ir ed) Normally , the machine prints the pages of receive d messa ges in the orde r that they we re rece ived u ncollat ed. Howeve r , with Reverse Orde r Print ing , th e mach ine will collate the sequen ce by printing the messag e fro m the last page first colla te d. This will ma ke it easier t o[...]

  • Página 359

    Multi-sort Do cument R ec eption (Fe atur e Expande r Requir ed) Using th is fea tu re, mo re th an one copy of each in comin g fa x messag e can be printed . Y o u may also choose to have more than one copy f rom o nly se lect send ers. This f eatu re eliminat es th e extra ste ps need ed to ha ve so meo ne make photo copies. For examp le, if you [...]

  • Página 360

    2. Scroll thro ugh th e list of features with until the screen is as shown opposit e. 3. Ye s . 4. Cha ng e th e on /o f f sett ing by pressin g or . 5. Finish: Ye s and Function Setting the Number of Copies 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 8 3 and Ye s . 2. In pu t th e nu mbe r of cop ies th at you ne ed , then press Ye s . Copies of incoming fax es will be[...]

  • Página 361

    3. Press until the settin gs fo r switch 08 are shown. Th e s et tin gs th at y o u need t o c ha ng e are d igit 0 (d ouble u nderline) and 1 (sin- gle u nderline). Press 0 of the te n key pad to change the set tin g of digit 0. Press 1 to cha ng e th e set tin g of digit 1. 5. Set on e of the two as sho wn op po site When you want to make mult ip[...]

  • Página 362

    Center M ark If you swit ch th is fea ture on , a mark is print ed half way down ea ch rece ived page on the lef t hand side. This makes it ea sy fo r you to posit ion th e hole pu nch er correct ly when you file away th e rece ived fax messa ge s. The cen te r ma rk is not prin te d whe n you use the mach ine for making cop ies. T o switch this fe[...]

  • Página 363

    Length R eduction If th e mach ine receive s a page th at is longe r tha n th e pa pe r in the casset te , th e machin e red uce s the leng th of the rece ived image so that it will fit on one page, if the image length is within the followin g limits. Paper size in the cassette Maximum reduc ible incoming page length Letter (1 1") 14.4" L[...]

  • Página 364

    Close d Network ( Reception ) This featu re may he lp you to pre ven t rece pt ion of exce ssive jun k fax mail. The ID Cod es of the commun icat ing machin es are checke d. If th ey are not the same, the co mmunicat ion is stopped. Note: This feat ure may not be reliable if you are commun icat ing with a termina l produ ced b y a d if fere nt ma n[...]

  • Página 365

    Entering a List of Se nders to T reat D if fer ently (Fun ction 81: Spe cial T erminals) Y ou can enter a list of up to 50 ident ifica tio ns (R TI,CSI and wild cards) for senders you wish to trea t dif ferently . For instance, for ea ch ide nt ifica tio n in th e list, you have t he f ollowing option s. Autho rized Recep tio n: Y ou can accep t th[...]

  • Página 366

    12. E ither; T o program anoth er spe cial te rmina l; go to ste p 3. T o finish; Function . Editing the R TI/CSI for the Special T erminals 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 8 1 and Ye s . 2. Pre ss scroll through th e list. When R TI/CSI you want to ch an ge a ppears, press Ye s . 3. Edit th e R TI or CSI and press Ye s . How to edit : see pag e7 4. Either: [...]

  • Página 367

    2. Pre ss scroll the R TI/CS I. An d t he R TI/CSI you want to ch an ge a ppears, press Ye s . 3. Press No an d Ye s . 4. Function . Some featu res which are con cern ed with th e spe cial te rmina ls (Autho rized Recep tio n, Multi-Co py an d Memory L ock) or Forwa rdin g can not be availa ble for the same R TI/CSI. The follo wing matrix indicat e[...]

  • Página 368

    OTHER Polling Overview Pollin g means "p icking up" a docu men t that has been left for you at a remote fax termin al. Y ou can also lea ve a do cume nt in your ma chin e’ s memory for oth er machin es to poll fro m yo u. With po lling , te lep ho ne line cost s are charge d to the perso n rece iving the message (t he polling termina l)[...]

  • Página 369

    Polling T ransmission Use Polling T ransmission when you wish to leave a documen t in the me mory f or others to pick up. Y ou canno t spe cify the telep ho ne numb er of the pollin g termina l (the terminal th at you wish to poll you r docu men t), but using the ID Code the re are ways to make sure th at the messag e do es no t go to th e wron g p[...]

  • Página 370

    Note:I f you se e A LRE ADY INPUT ,you already ha ve a messa ge on Free P ollin g Stan db y . T o clear th e old messag e: Clear the old pollin g tra nsmissio n file by functio n 23 . ( See page 159 . ) An d st art fro m the st ep 1 a ga in. Secur ed Polling 1. P lace yo ur do cument in the fee der . 2. Function 1 4 an d Ye s . NOTE If yo u have no[...]

  • Página 371

    4. Ye s . 5. E nt er the ID c ode th at yo u w is h to u s e fo r this me ssage. Example : 2 5 6 7 from th e te n key pa d. Note: If you see ALREA DY INPUT yo u alrea dy h ave a messag e on Secu red Pollin g stand by . T o erase the o ld messa ge: Clear t he old polling file by Fun ctio n 23. (Se e page 1 59 . ) T o keep the old messa ge, rep eat f[...]

  • Página 372

    Options for Polling T ransmission When you sto re a docume nt in memory fo r P ollin g T ransmission, you also ha ve the f ollowing option s: Perso nal Code : This is the same as fo r norma l tra nsmissio n (se e page 71 ) Page Cou nt :Th is is the same as for normal transmissio n (see page 75 ) TTI On/Of f: This is the same as for normal tran smis[...]

  • Página 373

    Polling Reception Use this feature when you wish to poll a message from anothe r termin al. Y ou can poll docume nt s from many termin als with only on e opera tio n (use Grou ps and Keyst roke Prog rams to make th e most out of this fea ture). Y ou have th ree o ptions: Free P olling, Secured Pollin g, a nd Sto red ID O verride, as described for P[...]

  • Página 374

    Stor ed ID O verride Optio n This proce du re ove rride s t he ID Code tha t is store d in yo ur ma chin e. The ove rride is ef fective for th is o perat ion only . If O PTI ON is displayed : 1. Press until the screen is as shown oppo- site. 2. Ye s . 3. En te r t he passwo rd th at you wish to use for t his opera tion. Example : 2 5 6 7 fr om th e[...]

  • Página 375

    File Ma n agemen t Every time you sto re a fa x messag e in you r ma chin e’ s memory , a new file is creat ed. Ea ch file is given a nu mbe r . T o see which files are cu rrently in th e memory , print a File List. Note: A new file is created for ea ch P ollin g T ransmission, Su bst itute Rece ption , and Con fid en tia l Recep tio n also. Cros[...]

  • Página 376

    Printing a File If you nee d to see th e conte nts o f an y of th e file s, use this fe at ure . 1. Y ou can prin t t he se kin ds o f f ile: Fax message file (Memo ry T ransmission): Function 5 1 and Ye s Fax messag e f ile (P ollin g T ransmission): Function 5 2 an d Ye s (Example: Using Fun ctio n 51 ) 2. Either: Print a list of files: and Start[...]

  • Página 377

    Saving Ener gy T o print a fax messag e you r f ax mach ine uses a he at ing ro ller to fuse the image to the print. This rolle r mu st alre ady be hot whe n the paper pa sses und er it . T o maint ain a tempera tu re hig h enough to permit pro pe r fusin g, elect ricity is consu med . This fa csimile is equ ipp ed with vario us e nergy sa ving mod[...]

  • Página 378

    When you pre ss any key on the ope rat ion panel. (Wh en the heate r roller is cool halfway .) Which saving energy mode is best for y ou? Y ou ha ve two choice s: Y o u can let the roller coo l to roo m te mpe rat ure or yo u can let it coo l to th e midp oint. T o choose wh ich of the two se tt ing s you would p ref er , set the use r para met er [...]

  • Página 379

    Night T imer Overview Laser print ing requ ires the applica tio n of heat to bond toner to the prin ter pap er . For incomin g message s to be output quickly , a heating elemen t insid e the machin e must be kept ho t. This will af f ect you r electricit y bills. The Night T imer f eature lets you prog ram time rs to switch th is heat ing ele men t[...]

  • Página 380

    Switch the Nigh t T imer feat ure on . Switching the Night T imer On or Of f The nig ht timer fe ature mu st be swit che d on using Funct ion 62. If it is switche d of f , the heat ing element s will stay on all the time . 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 2 and Ye s . 2. Scroll thro ugh th e list of features with and until the screen is as shown oppo - site[...]

  • Página 381

    7. Input th e time : 0 9 0 0 from th e te n key pad. T o chang e A M to PM an d the ot her way around, press # . And press Ye s . ∗ 8. Rep ea t fro m the st ep 5 for th e seco nd timer . Press to move the curso r u nd er the time. ∗ And inp ut the time 0 6 0 0, for example, from t he ten key pad for the time r value . T o chang e A M to PM an d[...]

  • Página 382

    Coun ters These counte rs will help you if you wish to keep a regular che ck on ho w many pages you r ma chin e ha s sent , rece ived, an d cop ied . The mach ine has th e fo llowing sof tware cou nters: Tx (T ransmit) Counte r: The numb er of pages th at your mach ine has sen t Rx (Rece ive) Counter: Th e nu mbe r of pa ges tha t you r machin e ha[...]

  • Página 383

    Entering P C Printe r M ode (Prin ter Interface Requir ed) Using PC Prin te r Mo de, you can conne ct you r f ax mach ine to an IBM or compa tib le pe rson al comp ut er an d use it as a printer . Docume nt s print ed from your comp ut er will b e sen t to your fa x machin e as text (AS CII chara cters) o r graphics (vect or or dot imag e), depen d[...]

  • Página 384

    Copying If you need to make a cop y of someth ing , and th ere is no copier availa ble , use your fa x machin e. Just pla ce you r origin al in th e fe ed er , and press th e Cop y key . Copyin g an origin al is a goo d way to test cont rast and resolu tio n befo re sen din g a doc ume nt , i f y ou ar e not sur e tha t th e s etti n gs th at y ou [...]

  • Página 385

    Dual Acce ss Dual Acce ss mean s th at eve n if th e machin e is alrea dy ca rrying out a ta sk, yo u may be ab le to ope rat e th e machine . For insta nce , if you r ma chin e is curren tly rece iving a long fax message , but you want to sen d a messa ge and go back to you r desk with ou t ha ving to wait by the machin e, you can place your messa[...]

  • Página 386

    RDS (R emote Diag nostic Sy stem) Overview If your ma chin e has a prob lem, a service te chn ician can pe rfo rm variou s diag nostic ta sks over the te lepho ne line fro m the service sta tion to try t o fin d out what is wrong with your mach ine . The service techn ician can a lso u se RDS to chan ge some of your machine ’ s sett ing s if you [...]

  • Página 387

    AI Short P r otocol This fe at ure emp loys A rtif icial Int ellig ence (A I) to lea rn th e commu nica tio n chara cte ristics o f t he mach ine s pro grammed as S pe ed Dials o r Qu ick Dials. AI Short Pro to col he lps you to red uce commun icat ion costs be twe en machin es produce d by the same man uf acture r . AI Sho rt P rot oco l on ly wor[...]

  • Página 388

    AUTOMA T ICALL Y PRINTED REPOR TS The followin g report s are au tomat ically prin te d out at the appropriat e time. Descriptions o f th e A vaila ble R epo rts TCR (T ransmission Confir mation Report ) This report give s detail on each commun icat ion made by your termina l. It is automa tica lly o utpu t af te r a certa in nu mbe r of commu nica[...]

  • Página 389

    Power Failure Repo rt This report is p rint ed if the machin e’ s p ower was of f for long enough to erase the memory . The report give s details of the files that were lo st. With th is inf orma tio n, you may store messa ges for tra nsmissio n again , an d con ta ct the sen de rs of any receive d messa ge s that were lost. T ransfer Result Repo[...]

  • Página 390

    Switchin g Reports On/O f f Some of these repo rts can be switched on or of f. T o switch a report on or of f , do the follo wing . (Se e page 1 1 if you need more informat ion about the User Para met er set tin gs adjust men t pro ced ure ) . 1 . Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 a nd Ye s . 2. Ye s . The se tting s for switch 0 a re no w shown on the botto [...]

  • Página 391

    Note: T o switch the Con fid entia l File Report on or of f, use Function 63 (see page 1 24) . T o switch th e Error Repo rt on or of f , con ta ct a service tech nicia n. Printing a Sample of D ata o n the Repo rts For refe ren ce purpo ses, the machin e prints th e first few inch es of the fax messag e on t he follo wing re ports. T ransmission R[...]

  • Página 392

    Repo rt Formats Exampl e 1. Error Repor t The fo llowin g rep ort mean s tha t th e mach ine sent four pag es but th ere were errors during t he first two pag es. Exa mpl e 2. TCR *** ERROR REPORT (APR 28 1995 12:09PM) *** TTI XYZ COMPANY FILE PERS. NAME ADDRESS MODE TIME PAGE RESULT -----------------------------------------------------------------[...]

  • Página 393

    The fo llowin g pa ge s expla in th e symbols tha t ap pe ar in cert ain column s of the reports. The Mode Col umn See the bottom of th e TCR for a full listening of the symbols tha t are u sed on th e TCR. The Re sults Colum n OK: Successf ul Communica tio n E: An error o ccurred The Footnote on the TCR TX counter: T o tal numb er of tran smitted [...]

  • Página 394

    USER-INI TIA TED REPOR TS These repo rts can be prin te d at any time by execu tin g a pro cedure on the operat ion p anel. Descriptions of A vailable R eports TCR In addit ion to the auto mat ic o utpu t of this rep ort , you can print t he TCR at any time. 1. Press Function 4 1 an d Ye s 2. Start . File List This is a list of memory tra nsmissio [...]

  • Página 395

    T elephone Number List Quic k Dia l Lis t : This is a list of the telep hone numbers and othe r items th at you have store d in the mach ine ’ s Quick Dial Keys. Speed Di al List: This is a list of the telepho ne numb ers that you have st ore d as Speed Dia l Codes. Group Dia l Lis t : This is a list of all the groups th at you have prog ramme d,[...]

  • Página 396

    Forwarding List (Featur e Expander Required) This list shows deta ils of ho w you have pro gra mmed the Forward ing featu re. It also inclu des the Wild Cards. 1. Press Function 6 2 2 2 2 8 2 an d Ye s . 2. and Sta rt . User Parameter List This shows the curre nt sett ing s of the User Parame ters. 1. Press Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 and Ye s . 2. and [...]

  • Página 397

    REPLACING P APER When th e Add Pa per ind icator ( ) o n the operat ion pane l is lit, th e casset te is empty . 1. Slid e th e casse tt e all th e way out, and place it on a large flat surfa ce. CAUTION To avo id drop ping the cassett e, ho ld it by the fro nt and side while p ulling it ou t. 2. Bend the new sta ck of pape r a few time s. 3. Push [...]

  • Página 398

    REPLACING TONER CA SSETTE AND CLEANING P AD When th e Add T oner ind icat or ( ) starts to b link, t he t oner cassett e is almost emp ty . Y ou will be able to make 100 more cop ies b ef ore you ha ve t o chang e th e to ner casset te. When th e Add T oner indicat or ( ) remains lit, it is t ime t o inst all a new tone r cassette . Repla cement P [...]

  • Página 399

    4. Shake the to ner casset te before insta lling it. On the new to ne r casset te , pul l out the sheet. An d remo ve the bla ck shee t. 5. Slide the ton er casse tt e into th e machine as far as it will go. Gen tly push down th e casse tt e to secure it in place. CAUTION Hold t he casset te a s shown in t he illustrat ion. Never tou ch th e ph ot [...]

  • Página 400

    REPLACING THE ST AMP When the mark made by the verifica tio n sta mp be come s pale , rep lace the stamp as describ ed b elow . 1. Pull up the scann er . 2. Repla ce th e sta mp. If t weezers are n ot a vailable , you may pre ss the p oint of a pencil d own vertically int o the stamp an d remove it by lifting straig ht up. 3. Clo se th e op eratio [...]

  • Página 401

    CHANGING THE P APER SI ZE (OPTIONAL CASSETTE) 1. Pull out the remo vable casse tte. 2. Remo ve th e cove r of th e casse tt e. 3. Push the paper unt il it clicks. LOOKING AFTER THE MACHIN E LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE 185[...]

  • Página 402

    4. Remo ve th e pa per . 5. Adju st the p osit ion of th e back f en ce. 6. Adju st the po sitio n o f th e side f ence. 7. Rotat e the dial unt il the approp riat e size appears. 11 8 1 2 CHANGING THE PAPER SIZE (OPT IONAL CASSETTE ) LOOKING AF TER THE MACHINE 186[...]

  • Página 403

    8. Set th e pa pe r und er th e corn ers. 9. Se t th e cove r of th e remo vab le casse tt e. 10. Inst all the remo vab le cassett e LOOKING AFTER THE MACHIN E LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE 187[...]

  • Página 404

    USER MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES T o e nsure that you r fax con tinue s to opera te prop erly , some simple main te na nce is require d. This ent ails clea nin g an d rep lacin g a fe w comp on en ts. Clea nin g shou ld be don e once eve ry 6 mont hs. Repla ceme nts should be done aft er a specif ied n umber of scanning s or p rinting s. User M aintenan[...]

  • Página 405

    User Mai ntenan ce Procedure of Cl eani ng Scanner [F] [D] [C] [B] [A] [E] [G] LOOKING AFTER THE MACHIN E LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE 189[...]

  • Página 406

    1. Pre pare a sof t damp clot h. 2. T urn off the ma in p owe r switch . 3. L ift u p th e oper ati o n pa ne l. 4. Clean the sep ara tio n roller [ A] with the soft damp clot h, while rotat ing the roller . 5. Clean the whit e strip [B] with the soft damp cloth. CAUTION: Do not damag e th e sen sor act ua to r [G] (bla ck plast ic) on the white st[...]

  • Página 407

    6. T urn the main power swit ch o f f. 7. Clea n th e exp osu re gla ss [E] wit h th e sof t damp cloth. 8. Clean the pick-u p and feed rollers [F] with the soft damp clot h, while turnin g the roll- ers in the dire ctio n sho wn in the dia gram . 9. Close the operat ion p anel. LOOKING AFTER THE MACHIN E LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE 191[...]

  • Página 408

    Cassette 1. Pu ll out the casset te. 2. Clea n th e rolle r using the soft damp cloth . 3. Close the casset te. Clean ing the Cor ona W ir e Plea se clea n th e coro na wire if the vertica l black lines app ear on th e prin tin g image. 1. L ift u p th e oper ati o n pa ne l. 2. Op en the upp er cove r . 3. Remo ve th e to ne r casset te . Place it[...]

  • Página 409

    4. Ge nt ly drag the blue lever fro m end to end twice. Make sure th e lever is re- turned on the origin al positio n. 5. Re-insta ll t he ton er casse tt e. Slide th e to ne r casset te into the ma- chine as far as it will go. Ge nt ly push down th e casse tt e to secure it in place. 6. Close the upper cove r and lower th e op - erat io n pa ne l [...]

  • Página 410

    Replac ing the ADF Roller A ssemb ly and the Sepa ra tion Pad Y ou sh ou ld re pla ce t he ADF(A ut o Do cume nt Feede r) rolle r asse mbly an d th e sepa rat ion pad to pre ven t misfee ds ab ou t eve ry 30, 00 0 sh ee ts. T o check ho w many she et s you’ve scanned , ple ase re fe r the sectio n tit led "Cou nt ers" (See page 16 6 .) [...]

  • Página 411

    5. In sta ll the new sep ara tio n pad. 6. Close the operat ion p anel. LOOKING AFTER THE MACHIN E LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE 195[...]

  • Página 412

    Repla cing the Photoc ondu ctor Y ou sho uld repla ce th e phot oco nd uct or to maint ain the copy qu alit y abo ut every after you p rint a bout 3 0,000 sheet s. If th e fo llowin g disp lay appe ars, repla ce th e phot oco nd uct or . T o check how many shee ts you ’ve prin te d, plea se ref er the sect ion title d "Cou nters" (S ee [...]

  • Página 413

    4. Remo ve th e old the photo con ducto r . 5. Pla ce th e ph otoco nd uct or in th e ma - chine. Pay at tent ion to th e green knob . One of the m is marked "R" for right side . 6.Re move t he black sheet as sh own in the lower p icture. 7. T urn the gree n leve rs to lock t he phot o- conducto r in p lace. Caution: Never to uch the surf[...]

  • Página 414

    8. Replace t he t oner cassett e. Slide th e to ne r casset te into the ma- chine as far as it will go. Ge nt ly push down th e casse tt e to secure it in place. 9. Close the upper cover a nd the scanner . Aft er you repla ce the ph ot oco nduct or , reset the coun te r for ph ot oco nduct or insid e the ma chine. 1. The displa y is sho wn a s op p[...]

  • Página 415

    Caution: Do not attemp t to ma ke any repa irs other than those de scribed in this ma nual. Remo ving cove rs may expose yo u to dan gerous volta ges and other risks. Refer all servicin g to qualified p ersonnel. CHECK THE INDICA T ORS AND DIS PLA Y P ANEL Check Di splay indica to r light s if there are any pro ble ms. Che ck the descrip tio n in t[...]

  • Página 416

    Adjusting the Docu ment Feeder Depe nd ing on th e th ickness o f th e pa pe r , three sett ing s can be select ed; th in, normal, an d thick. 1. O pe n th e oper ati on pa nel . 2. T o meet the pape r t ype to be scann ed , ad just the lever p osit ion as sh own in the following table . Paper Thick ness Pressur e Position Thin Low 1 Normal Normal [...]

  • Página 417

    COPY JAMS If th e CLE AR COP Y a ppe ars in th e disp lay , there is a copy jam. There are three possib le loca tions: Casset te e ntran ce Insid e th e mach ine Copy fe ed -ou t are a Cassette Entra nce 1. Pu ll ope n th e casse tte. 2. Gently pull out th e misfe d paper . Do not leave an y piece s inside . SOL VING PROBLEMS SOLVING P ROBLEMS COPY[...]

  • Página 418

    3. Rep lace the casset te . COPY JAMS SOLVING PROBL EMS 202[...]

  • Página 419

    Developing area o r inside the machine 1. Remo ve th e cop y tray . 2. P ull up a nd o pen th e op era tio n pane l . 3. Op en the upp er cove r . 4. Open the fron t cove r . SOL VING PROBLE MS SOLVING P ROBLEMS COPY JAMS 203[...]

  • Página 420

    5. Pull out the jammed pape r care fu lly . CAUTIONS: Do not to uch the fusin g un it . It may be h ot. Do not t ou ch th e ph ot oc ond uc tor drum. Any toner on the pape r will not b e fixed to the pap er . Be care fu l not to get you r hands or clo thing dirty . 6. Close the fron t cover a nd t he upp er cover . 7. Close the operat ion p anel. C[...]

  • Página 421

    Copy Exit Area 1. Open the copy exit cover . 2. Gently pulle d the jamme d paper . 3. Close the copy exit cover . SOL VING PROBLEMS SOLVING P ROBLEMS COPY JAMS 205[...]

  • Página 422

    Copy Ja ms Whe n Y ou Use the Option al R emovable Cassette (C assette Area) 1. Remo ve th e remo vab le casse tte. 2. Pu ll out the casset te. 3. Gently pull out th e misfe d paper . Do not leave an y piece s inside . 4. Rep lace the casset te . 5. Rep lace the remova ble casset te. COPY JAMS SOLVING PROBL EMS 206[...]

  • Página 423

    COMMU NICA TION PROBLEM S If th e ERRO R PRES S ST OP KE Y ap pe ars in th e disp lay: Press Stop . A poor lin e cau sed the commun ication t o fa il. The line is busy or noisy . T ry to retransmit. The ot he r machin e is o ut of ord er . Ask the othe r party to check th eir mach ine. SOL VING PROBLEMS SOLVING P ROBLEMS COPY JAMS 207[...]

  • Página 424

    OPERA T ING DIFFICUL TIES Problem Required Action ST ANDBY MODE Nothing happens when the switch is turned on. Check the power cord. Is it proper ly plugged into the outlet? ➣ Plug it in firmly SET DOC. O R DIAL NO is not displayed. Switch the power on. ➣ If the Power indicator does not light, chec k that the power cord is plugged in. The displa[...]

  • Página 425

    Problem Action Requ ired Fequent original misfeeds Multif eeds Incorrect pos itioning of originals ➣ Put the document in the feeder corr ectly . See page 60. Incorrect alignment of or iginals ➣ Align the edges of the document. See page 60. Curled pages ➣ Flatten the document. See page 57. Incorr ect document type ➣ Use a proper document typ[...]

  • Página 426

    T ransmission cannot take place; CLEAR ORIGINAL appears. The document is jammed in the feeder . ➣ Remove the jammed document (see page 199) and repeat the transmission pr ocedure. The document may be longer than the max imum limit (see page 56). ➣ Make sure that none of your or iginals exceed this limit. Do user maintenance, espec ially rollers[...]

  • Página 427

    Copy paper mIsfeeds occur frequently . Is the proper paper in the paper tray? ➣ Paper size and weight must be within the standards set for this machine. Is folded, wrinkled, damp, or c urled paper in the paper tray? ➣ Always use dry , undamaged paper . Is the paper set proper ly in the paper tray ? ➣ Always load paper cor rectly . See page 18[...]

  • Página 428

    DISPLA YED ERROR MESSAGES The followin g message s may appear wh ile you are opera tin g or progra mming the machin e. CHE CK A UT O - DI A L I NG Y ou cannot use the auto- dialer at the moment. Use the ten-key pad or the handset. N O F I L E EXI ST S No polling reception operations hav e been programmed. There are no mess ages in memory waiting fo[...]

  • Página 429

    ERROR CODES Fax machin es use a teleph one line . The same typ es of p rob lems yo u e xpe rience while makin g phone calls (such as noisy lines, crosst alk, discon nectio n during conve rsat ion , wea k sig nals) also occu r with faxing . T elephone ca llers ca n deal with th e pro ble ms the mselve s (for exa mple, by spe akin g a bit loud er), b[...]

  • Página 430

    Code Possib le Cause 2-xx P ossible fault in your machine 4-00 The page took too long to send. Send again at a lower resolution, or without halftone. The line may be bad. 4-01 Ther e is a bad line. The telephone line at the rear of the mac hine may be disconnected. 4-02 The r eceived page was too long. 4-10 ID codes did not match. Co- ordinate ID c[...]

  • Página 431

    CALLING THE SER VICE ST A TION The mach ine has a fe at ure called Service Repo rt T ransmissio n. Use t his f ea tu re when your mach ine is having prob lems. The machin e will transmit in fo rmat ion about th e co nditio n o f yo ur ma chine t o yo ur se rvice repre senta tive . A tech nicia n will then be able to find out what the problem is bef[...]

  • Página 432

    Dimens ions: 18.7" x 18.1" x 9.4" (W x D x H) Excludin g tra ys, ha ndset , an d op tio nal kit s. W eight: 37.1 lb s Excludin g th e to ner casset te , trays and print er pa pe r . Power Supply : 1 1 5 V ac, 60 Hz; sin gle p hase Ma ximu m P owe r Consumption: Stan dby: Minimu m - 2W , Normal -20 W T ransmission: 25 W Recept ion : 2[...]

  • Página 433

    GLOSSAR Y ADF (Automatic Docume nt Feede r): A device which fe ed s the pag es of a multip ag e do cume nt one at a time , in th e orde r tha t you arran ge d th e pa ge s in the stack. Batch Numberi ng (Page Count): This is a way of numb erin g page s tha t allo ws you to check whe th er you receive d all pages, and if not , which ones are missing[...]

  • Página 434

    DPI (Dots Per Inc h), or l/ mm (Lines Per Millim ete r): This is the un it of resolu tion. Th e scan ne r scans you r do cume nt accordin g to t he select ed reso lut ion . An 8-1/ 2" x 1 1" page is bro ken down in to ab ou t 1,7 28 ,0 00 dots if standa rd reso lution is used. (Digita l compre ssion t echnique s for G3 co nvert the se i n[...]

  • Página 435

    Poll ing Fil e: This is a set of instruct ion s (dest ina tio ns to be polled, time of polling ) for polling recep tion. Puls e Dia li ng: This meth od of dia ling uses a strin g of pulses to rep rese nt each diale d dig it. Reception: The act o f rece iving a docu ment. Reduction: If your docu ment is wider th an the paper ava ilable in th e othe [...]

  • Página 436

    Index A Activity Report (T CR) 172, 176 Add Paper Indicator 181 Add T oner Indicator 26, 182 AI Short Protocol 171 Authorized Reception 130 Authorized Reception List 149, 179 On/Off s witch 131 Auto Document 103 Auto Receive Mode 82 B Batch T rans mission 1 19 Broadcasting 62 Buzzer Alarm 65 V olume Control 88 C Center Mark, on/of f 146 Chain Diali[...]

  • Página 437

    Language Selection 36 Length Reduction 147 Lightning protection 16 - 17 Line Fail Indicator 207 M Manual Receive Mode 82 Marker (Stamp) 79 Memory % Display 6 Memory Lock 125, 127, 139 Memory Lock ID 125 On/Off s witch 126 Memory Storage Report 172 On/Off s witch 174 Memory T ransmission 59, 77 Multi-sort Document Reception 143 Multicopy Mode 168 N [...]

  • Página 438

    RDS (Remote Diagnostic System) 170 Receive File Indicator 83, 122 Reception Auto Receive Mode 82 Confidential Reception 121 Manual Receive Mode 82 Mode Selection 82 Substitute Reception 83 Redialing 23, 80 Reduction Length Reduction 147 Replacing Copy Paper 181 Replacing the Stamp 184 Replacing the T oner Cassette 26, 182 Report Special T erminal L[...]

  • Página 439

    Well Log T ransmission 120 Wild Cards 141 Y Y our Machine’ s T elephone Number 92[...]

  • Página 440

    USA FCC Requirem ents 1. This equipm ent compl ies wit h Part 68 of the FCC rules. On the cover of thi s equipment is a label that contai ns , among other informati on, the FCC regis t rati on number and ringer equival enc e number (REN) for thi s equipment. If requested, thi s informati on must be prov ided to t he telephone c ompany . 2. This equ[...]

  • Página 441

    FUNCTION LIST No. Function Page 1 1 Polling Reception 157 12 Confidential T r ansmis sion 102 13 T ransfer Reques t 94 14 Secured Polling Transmis sion 154 15 Free Polling T ransmission 153 21 Erasing Memory Files 159 22 Erasing Polling Reception Files 159 23 Erasing Polling Trans miss ion Files 159 31 Programming Quick Dial/ Printing the Quick Dia[...]

  • Página 442

    CER TIFICA TION LABEL Certif ication L abel RICOH UNI TECHNO CO., L TD. Complies with FDA radiatio n performa nce st andards, 2 1 CFR Subch apter J. 713 TSURUGA SONE YASHIO -SHI SAITAMA -KEN JAP AN. MANUFACTURED: PPC2100S HS[...]

  • Página 443

    SUPPLI ES CAUTION: Rico h shall not be respon sible for an y damage o r expense t hat may result from th e use of part s othe r than reco mmended p arts. T O NER CASS ETTE S ❐ RICOH T ONER CA SS ETTE TY PE 1 00 o r RI COH T ONE R CA SS ETTE TY PE 150 is recommended for th e best perfo rman ce. ST AMP ❐ MARKE R TYPE 30 is recomme nded for th e b[...]

  • Página 444

    Quic k Reference Ca rd Function List: To access the functions below, press the function key, then enter the function’s number. ! No Function 11 Polling Reception 12 Confidential Trans mis sio n 13 Transfer Requ est 14 Secured p olling Transmissio n 15 Free Polling Transmiss ion 21 Erasing Memory Files 22 Erasing Polling Recep tion Files 23 Erasin[...]

  • Página 445

    Basic trans mission p rocedur e Memory Transmiss ion Immediate T ranmission 1 Make sure that the mach ine is in stan db y mode. 2 Check th at the Memory indicato r is lit. If it is not lit, press MEMORY Check that the M emory indicato r is not Lit. If it is lit, press MEMO RY 3 Carefully p lace the d ocument in the feed er. 4 Select the contrast an[...]

  • Página 446

    Programming Quick Di al Speed Di al 1 Function 31 Yes Function 32 Yes 2 Press the Quick Dial Key that you wish to progr a m inp ut the Speed Dia l Code that you wish to program 3 Enter the telephone number with the Ten key pad 4 Press Yes 5 Input a label usin g Quick Dial Key, then Press Yes or Do not program a label Press NO . 6 Press Function to [...]

  • Página 447

    REPORT Automatically Printed Report SE TTIN GS ON/OFF DEFAULT Confidential File Report Use r Pa ram et er Sw itch 0 4 digit 0* ON Communication Failure Re- por t NOTE Error Report C ontact Service Technician ON Memory Storage Report User Para me ter Swit ch 03 digit 2 OFF Polling Result Rep ort User Parameter Switch 0 3, digit 4 ON Polling Reserve [...]

  • Página 448

    OPERA T OR’S MANUAL RICOH F AX3700L Please read all of thes e instructions and keep this manual by your mac hine.[...]

  • Página 449

    Optional Equi pment Memory (FEA TURE EXP ANDER TYPE 100 2M, FEA TURE EXP ANDER TYPE 100 4M) Eith er a 2-Mb yte memory card or a 4-Mbyt e memo ry card can be adde d. PC Printer Inter fac e Kit (PRI NTER INTE RF ACE TYPE 100) This allows you to use the machin e as a lase r p rint er fo r an IB M 1 o r compa tible perso nal compu ter . T elephone Hand[...]

  • Página 450

    WARNING: This equipme nt has been teste d and found t o comply with the limits for a Cla ss A digital d evice, pursuan t to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designe d to provide reaso nable pro tection a gainst harmfu l inte rferen ce when th e equipme nt is opera ted in a co mmercial en vironment. This eq uipment g enera tes, uses, and c[...]

  • Página 451

    Notice about the Telephon e Consumer P rotect ion Act (Valid in the USA o nly) Att ention p lease! The Te lephone Consume r Prote ction A ct of 199 1 among o ther thin gs makes it unla wful fo r any person to sen d any messag e via a t eleph one fax ma chine unle ss such messa ge clearly con tains in a margin at th e top or b otto m of each transmi[...]

  • Página 452

    1. Re ad all o f th ese in structio ns. 2. Save these inst ruction s f or lat er use . 3. Follow all warnings and instru ctio ns marke d on the prod uct . 4. Unplug th is prod uct from th e wall ou tle t befo re clea nin g. Do not use liqu id cleaners or aero sol cleane rs. Use a damp clot h fo r cleaning . 5 . D o not us e t hi s pro duc t ne ar w[...]

  • Página 453

    T a ble of Contents INTRODU CT ION 1 SOME O F THE THINGS THA T THIS MACHINE CAN DO 2 HOW T O USE THIS MAN UAL 4 MANUAL OVER VI EW 4 CONVE NTIONS 5 Keyn ames 5 Displays 5 Symbols 6 GENE RAL PRECAUTIONS 7 POWER AND GROUNDING 7 COLD WEA THER POWE R-UP 8 THUNDERST ORMS 8 COPY P APER 9 TO NER CARTRIDG ES 9 OPERA TING PRECAUTIO NS 9 GENERAL 10 GUIDE T O [...]

  • Página 454

    Phonin g and Faxin g on the Same Call 42 Speake r and B uzzer V olume Ad justmen ts 43 ADV ANC ED F EA TUR ES 44 TRANSMISSI ON 44 T ransf er Req ue st 44 Programmin g Keystro kes 49 Sendin g Confid en tial Me ssag es 52 Storing an Ofte n Used Docume nt (A ut o Docu men t) 55 Restrict ing Acce ss to the Ma chine 58 T onal Signals 62 Storing Part of [...]

  • Página 455

    Copyin g 122 REPOR TS 123 AUTO MA TICALL Y PRINTE D REPORTS 123 Descript ions of the A vaila ble Report s 123 Switching Reports On/O ff 125 Print ing a Sample of Data on the Rep ort s 126 Report Forma ts 1 27 USER-I NITIA TED REPORTS 129 Descript ions of A vailable Rep orts 129 LOOKING AFTE R THE MACH INE 132 REPLACI NG P APER 132 REPLACING THE T O[...]

  • Página 456

    TECHNICAL REFERENCE 166 ST ORI NG TELEPHO NE NUMBERS 166 ST ORING NAMES AND LABELS 166 Punctu ation Marks a nd Symbo ls 167 Edit ing with th e Clear Key an d Curso r 167 IF YOU MAKE A MIST AKE 167 ON/OFF S WITCHE S AND US ER P ARAMETERS 168 On/Of f Switches 168 User P aramet er Se tting s 169 SPECIFI CA TIONS 174 APPENDIX INST ALLA TION AND INITIAL[...]

  • Página 457

    Than k you fo r purch asing th is prod uct . This mult i-funct ion of fice machine of fers a wide range of fax, cop ier , print er , and convenie nt featu res. What Do es a Fax Mac hine Do? The fax machine sc ans your letter , and converts it into a ser ies of black and white dots (the number of dots that there are ac ross and down the page depends[...]

  • Página 458

    SOME OF THE THI NGS THA T THIS MACHINE CAN DO This machin e ha s many fe ature s. Here is a sample of what the machin e can do. Sending a Fax to More Than O ne Location See page 20. Network Featur e (T ransfer Request) See page 44. Restricting Access to the Machine See page 58. Quick Dial, Speed Dial, and Group Dial See page 193. Confidential Commu[...]

  • Página 459

    Keystroke Progr ams See page 49. Auto Document (sends a c ommonly transmitted page with one touch) See page 55. Authorized Reception (cuts out junk fax mail) See page 79. Batch T ransmission See page 69. T ransmission Deadline See page 30. Protection against Wr ong Connections See page 67. Forwarding See page 82. See page 1 19. Printer Interface IN[...]

  • Página 460

    MANUAL OVER VIEW Y our fa csimile mach ine is equip pe d with a wide ran ge of lab or-sa ving and cost-sa ving featu res. This ma nual exp lains e ach of th ese feat ure s, and ho w you can pu t th em to use. Note that th e extern al appe ara nce of the mach ine in some illustra tio ns may be slight ly dif ferent from the actual ma chin e. The man [...]

  • Página 461

    CONVENTIONS The followin g con ven tio ns were used when writ ing this man ual . Keynam es These have bee n prin te d in a bold typ eface . For examp le: Wh en you see a command in bo ld such as " Sta rt " mean s "Pre ss the Start ke y o n th e op eratio n pa nel". On th e opera tion pa ne l, th ere are fo ur arrow ke ys (up, do[...]

  • Página 462

    Most pro ced ure s start from stand by mod e, that is, whe n the disp lay is a s shown on th e right . Th e value a ft er " " shows h ow much memory space is rema ining. NOTE : If you start a procedure and do not enter anything at the operation panel for more than 5 minutes, the machine returns to standby mode. Symbols The text con ta ins[...]

  • Página 463

    WARNING: Do not att empt any ma inten ance or troublesh ootin g other t han that me ntion ed in this ma nual. This ma chine co ntain s a laser beam generat or and dire ct expo sure to laser beams ca n cause perma nent eye damag e. POWER AND GROUNDING Pay atte nt ion to the fo llowin g. Power S upply 1. Power requiremen ts: 1 15 V , 60 Hz 2. In sert[...]

  • Página 464

    COLD WEA THER POWER-UP A void ra ising t he room tempe rature abru ptly when it is below 57 ° F , or co nden sation may form insid e th e mach ine . 1. Raise the ro om te mperat ure t o 68 ° F at less than 1 8 ° F p er hour . 2. W ait for 30 to 60 minut es. 3. T ur n th e po wer on . Do not use the machine nea r a humi difi er . THUNDERSTORMS Wi[...]

  • Página 465

    COPY P APER ❐ 16 to 24 lb. copy pa pe r is recommen de d: lett er or leg al sizes are the most commonly use d. ❐ Do not use damp pa per , or copies will be defe ctive . ❐ Do not touch cop y paper if you r fing ers are wet or oily; fing erp rints may app ear on th e c opy . ❐ Keep paper in a vinyl bag if it will not be used for a lon g time.[...]

  • Página 466

    GENERAL ❐ Read the I mporta nt S afety Informa tion at t he f ront of t his man ual. ❐ Since some parts of the machin e are supp lied with hig h volt ag e, make sure that you do not attemp t an y repa irs or att emp t to access any part of the machine excep t th ose d escribed in this manual. ❐ Do not ma ke mod ifica tio ns or rep lacemen ts [...]

  • Página 467

    1. MAIN BODY 1 Document T able 2 Document Guide 3 Operation Panel 4 Power Switch 5 Document T ray 6 Paper Cassette 7 Copy T ray GUIDE T O COMPONENTS 7 6 1 2 3 4 5 GUIDE TO COMPONENTS 11[...]

  • Página 468

    2. OPERA TION P ANEL 1. Communicat ing Indicato r Lights when a fax message is being tr ansmitted or received. Receive File Indicato r Lights when an incoming message was r eceived into memory . Blinks when a confidential reception file or memor y lock file has been stored in the memory . Check Display Indicato r Lights when some error oc curs. See[...]

  • Página 469

    2. Display Displays prompts, war nings, and selected modes . Stamp Key P ress this to enable or disable the stamp feature. Funct ion Key Press to use one of the numbered functions explained in this manual. Y es/No Keys Use to answer questions on the dis play . Scroll Key When an arrow is shown on the dis play , use these keys to access the options,[...]

  • Página 470

    SENDING A F AX MESSAGE Pr ecautions Conc ernin g Unacc eptab le Docum ent T ypes Before you send you r documen t, make sure that it mee ts th e fo llowin g requireme nts. Caution: Do cument s that do no t meet these require ments ca n cause your machin e to jam or ma y cause so me compo nent s of th e machin e to beco me damage d or dirty. Corre ct[...]

  • Página 471

    Page Condi tion Do n ot p lace d amaged pages in the aut omatic docume nt f eeder . Origin als that cont ain the follo wing mate rials sho uld not be pla ced in the docu men t fe ed er . Make cop ies of the se orig ina ls and scan th e cop ies. NOTE: Copies mad e with a copier t hat use s silicone oil may cau se a misfe ed . T o avoid th is, do not[...]

  • Página 472

    T ransmission Procedur e at a Glance Overview There are two ways to sen d a fa x message: ❐ Immediat e T ransmission ❐ Memory T ransmission Sending Quickly (I mmediate T ransmissio n) This f eature is known as I mmedi ate T ransmi ssion . This is conven ient whe n: ❐ Y ou wish to send a messag e immed iat ely . ❐ Y ou quickly wish to check [...]

  • Página 473

    Scanning Quickly (Me mory T ransmissio n) This f eature is known as Memory T r ans mi ss ion . This is conven ient be cause: ❐ Fax messag es can be scanned much more quickly (you can take your docume nt away fro m the fax mach ine wit ho ut waitin g to o long). ❐ While you r fax messa ge is being sent , an ot he r user can ope rat e th e machin[...]

  • Página 474

    Sending to Jus t One Location 1. Make sure that the machin e is in standb y mode: The displa y on th e op era tio n pa ne l must be a s shown on the right. 2. Care fully p lace your fa x messag e face down into the au to d ocumen t feed er . NOTE: Y ou can dia l wit hout placing th e message in the f eeder first. Place th e do cume nt aft er you di[...]

  • Página 475

    3. Dial in one of the following ways. a) T en Keypad b) Quick Dial c ) Speed Dial d) Handset ✬ ✬ : Only if the telephone handset is installed. If your machine is behind a PBX, dial the access code, then a pause, then the telephone number. For an international number, press the Pause key after entering the country code. 4. Start . 5. The machin [...]

  • Página 476

    Sending to Mor e Than One Location (Br oadcasting) 1. Make su re th at t he machin e is in standb y mode (se e page 18). 2. Make sure th at the Me mory ind icat or is lit. If it is not, press Mem ory . 3. Place your fa x messag e face do wn int o the fe ed er . ❐ Y o u ca n di al w ith ou t pl ac in g th e me ssag e in t he fee der f irst. Pl ace[...]

  • Página 477

    5. Ye s . 6. Eithe r: ❐ Dial another numb er: Go to step 4. ❐ Press Star t . The machin e will dial th e first dest ina tio n (or , if you selecte d Send Late r , it will return to sta nd by mod e an d th e fa x messag e will be sent at the time th at you selecte d). NOTE: In t heory, you can send the same fa x message to up to 132 diff erent d[...]

  • Página 478

    Possible Pr oblems Y ou w ant to take out the document Ope n th e scan ne r , a nd ta ke ou t th e do cume nt. Caution: Do not pull o ut th e documen t witho ut open ing th e scann er, or yo u will damage the ma chine. Y ou want to s end more than 30 pages While th e last pag e is bein g fe d in, place more pa ge s (up to 30) in th e fe eder . Y ou[...]

  • Página 479

    Send ing a Page w ith V ery Fine Detail Y ou may wish to send many dif ferent types of fax messa ge . So me of the se may be dif ficult to repro du ce at the othe r end. However , your machine has thre e sett ing s tha t you can ad just to he lp you tran smit you r d ocu men t with the best possib le imag e qualit y . If yo u are not sure whe ther [...]

  • Página 480

    Contrast The te xt and dia grams in your do cume nt must sta nd out cle arly fro m the paper they are writt en on. If you r docu men t ha s a darke r backg rou nd than normal (fo r example, a newspaper clipp ing ), or if th e writin g is fain t, adju st th e contra st. The re ar e t hre e gra de s. Normal: Su itable for most d ocumen ts. Dark en: U[...]

  • Página 481

    Selecting the Halftone T ype This model has two types of Half to ne: th e Dith er Pro cess an d the hig her q uality Error Dif f usio n Process. T o change the currently used Half to ne typ e, perfo rm the follo wing proce dure. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 and Ye s . 2. Ye s . The sett ing s for switch 00 are now shown on the bot to m lin e of the di[...]

  • Página 482

    3. The sett ings for switch 00 are now shown on the botto m line of t he displa y . D i g i t 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 The digits are numbered fr om 7 to 0; the setting of digit 7 is shown at the left side of the display and digit 0 is at the right. The se tting s that you may nee d to chan ge are those for dig its 0, 1, 2, 4 , 5, 6, and 7. The fu nction s [...]

  • Página 483

    Dialing with the T el ephone Directory This can be done fo r any numbe r tha t you have store d as a Spee d Dial code with a labe l programme d for it . Examp le: Y ou wish to Dial " XY Z CO. LONDON" . 1. Make sure that the machin e is in standb y mode. 2. Care fully p lace your fa x messag e into th e auto docu men t fe eder . 3. Pre ss [...]

  • Página 484

    Optional Features for T ransmission When you make a rout ine tran smission , you can access a few optio nal featu res. These option s are only availa ble if " " ca n be seen in t he t op rig ht co rner of th e disp lay . Personal Code Perso na l Code s do th e fo llowin g. ❐ They allo w you to keep track of machin e usa ge (for exa mple[...]

  • Página 485

    If you inpu t you r Perso nal Code, you r name will appear on t he TCR an d T ransmission Resu lt Rep ort . 1. Press and make sure th at the displa y is as shown oppo site . 2. Ye s . 3. En ter t he p ersonal co de. Example : 7 3 6 2 4. Ye s . See page 59 for details on how to pro- gram t he Perso nal Codes a nd their la - bels. Sending at a Specif[...]

  • Página 486

    2. Exa mple : Send at 1 1:30pm. 1 1 3 0 from th e te n k eyp ad . T o chang e AM/P M, press ∗ or # on the ten keyp ad . 3. Ye s . ❐ The Sen d La te r time ca nn ot be more th an 24 hour s i nt o th e futu re. Sending by a Specific T i me (TRD) (Featur e Expan der Requir ed) This f eature is ca lled T ransmi ss ion Dea dli ne . If you r messag e[...]

  • Página 487

    Printing th e Page Number (Immed iate T ransmiss ion only) When your fa x messag e is printed at the ot her end, pa ge numb ers will be prin te d on th e to p of each page. Using th e Page Coun t fe ature , you can select th e fo rmat in which the page numb ers are print ed. If you use Page Count: ❐ Page numbe rs will be printed in batch-n umb er[...]

  • Página 488

    Sending Y our Identi ficati on at th e T op of Y our Mess age Normally , the TTI progra mmed in your mach ine is printe d at the top of ea ch of t he pages you tran smit whe n th ey are receive d at the other en d. The top of th e ima ge will be overprint ed if there is no marg in at the top of the tra nsmit ted page . In some cases, you may wish t[...]

  • Página 489

    Send ing Quickly Proced ure If you do not wish to store the fax messa ge in memory be fo re sen din g it out, use the f ollowing proce dure. ❐ The advan tage s and drawb acks of Imme diate T ransmission an d Me mory T ransmission are discussed on pages 16 and 17. 1. Make su re th at t he machin e is in standb y mode (se e page 18). 2. Make sure t[...]

  • Página 490

    Immediate T ransmi ss ion as Y our Fi rst Choi c e The defa ult mode of your ma chin e is Memory T ransmission. If you wish, you can change this ho me posit ion to Imme diate T ransmission . The pro ced ure is as follows (see pag e 168 if you need more info rmat ion about the User Para met er set tin gs adjust men t pro ced ure ) . 1. Function 6 2 [...]

  • Página 491

    2. Pre ss Ye s . The sett ing s fo r switch 00 are now shown on the bo tt om line of th e dis- play . The set tin g t ha t yo u nee d t o chang e is tha t fo r digit 0. Digit 0(Do uble unde rline d) 0: V erification stamp of f 1: V erification stamp on 3. If you wish to ch ange t he sett ing, press 0 on th e te n k ey p ad. 4. Finish: Ye s and Func[...]

  • Página 492

    Using the AI Red ial Key The mach ine rememb ers the last 10 telep ho ne numb er th at you inp ut. If you have to redial on e o f the se n umb ers, just pre ss the A I Re dia l key , unt il th e re qu ired tele phon e numbe r or name is displaye d, then press the Star t key . This f eature has the following uses: ❐ If th e mach ine is wait ing to[...]

  • Página 493

    RECEIVING F A X MESSAGES Selec ting th e Rece ption M ode There are two ways to set up your machin e to receive fax messa ge s. ❐ Auto Rece ive Mod e ❐ Manual Rece ive Mod e Press th e rece pt ion mode key to switch bet wee n th e mod es. Auto Receive Mode This mod e is se lect ed whe n t he Au to Rece ive in dicato r is lit. Inco ming faxe s a[...]

  • Página 494

    1. The machine ring s continu ously unt il yo u answer th e call. Pick up th e ha nd set . 2. If you hear a voice from th e ot her end , spe ak in rep ly . If you hear a tone every few secon ds, the other end is a fax te rmina l. NOTE: Remo ve an y docu men ts th at are in the fe ed er . 3. If the perso n at the othe r end wishe s to send you a fax[...]

  • Página 495

    Switching Su bstitute Recepti on On or Off There are two conditio ns un de r which you may wish to disa ble this fe at ure . ❐ If you d o n ot like ke ep ing rece ived fax messa ge s in me mory: Afte r you r machine has rece ived a fax message to memo ry , it sends an OK signal t o the othe r end . Howe ver , if somet hin g ha pp en s to you r ma[...]

  • Página 496

    TELEPHONE CALLS A handse t is required to exe cut e the pro ced ures in this sect ion . Y ou can use you r f ax mach ine for dia ling in the same way as you would use a tele phon e. This is usefu l when calling fax mach ine s that are u sua lly kep t in Manual Rece ive Mod e, as well as for te lep ho ne conve rsat ions. ❐ Y ou can d ial using Qui[...]

  • Página 497

    Using the H andset Using the fax ma chin e’ s b uilt-in or opt ion al ha ndset , you can use the fax mach ine in the same way as a normal te lep ho ne. Pick up the han dse t and dia l on th e fax machin e’ s ten-keypad (or use a Quick Dial key or Spee d Dial Cod e if you wish ). 1. Pick up the handse t. 2. Dial. See pa ge 19 fo r how to dia l. [...]

  • Página 498

    Answering the T elephone If the telephone ri ngs jus t once: A fax is coming in. Do not pick up th e ha nd set . If the telephone ri ngs conti nuousl y: 1. Pick up the handse t and spe ak to the oth er pa rty . If you he ar a hig h-p itch ed ton e, a fax is coming in. Press Star t th en h ang up . 2. If the caller wan ts to send you a fax, pre ss S[...]

  • Página 499

    6. Rep lace t he han dset. Do n ot re place the hand set if you wish to spea k t o the othe r p arty a gain. When your mach ine emits a tone, pre ss Stop th en s p eak . Speaker and Buzzer V olume Adjustments Y our mach ine has a built in spe ake r . With this spe ake r , you can listen to the teleph one line without picking up the handset . The sp[...]

  • Página 500

    TRANSMISSION T ransfer Request T ransfer Req ue st he lps you save cost s when you sen d th e same messag e to more than one p lace in a d istant area . Y ou sen d you r messa ge on ce, to a machin e ref erre d to as a T ransfer St ation . In turn, this ma chin e send s on th e messag e t o lo cal ma chin es (refe rred to as E nd Rece ivers). Af te[...]

  • Página 501

    Before you can start to set up tra nsf er req ue st, the re are some items tha t you have to pro gra m in your machine . These are as f ollo ws. ❐ Y our Fax Ma chin e’ s Own T elephone Numbe r ❐ The ID Cod e Storing your Machi ne’ s Own T elephon e Number Stor e you r fax te rmina l’ s tele phon e nu mbe r using this fe ature . If you do [...]

  • Página 502

    Storing the I D Code Before programmin g th e ID Code, confer with other use rs in your fa x network to agree on an ID Code. This is because commu nica tio ns usin g ID Code s will fa il if the code s are no t th e same . The ID Cod e can be any four-d igit cod e (using digits 0 to 9 and let te rs A to F), except 00 00 and FFFF . In addit ion to th[...]

  • Página 503

    Programmi ng the ID code T o store an ID Code, do the follo wing . 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 an d Ye s . 2. Pre ss u ntil the opposite displa y appea rs. 3. Ye s . 4. Input the ID Cod e that you will be usin g. Example : 4 3 6 3 ❐ Do not use 0000 or FFFF . 5. Ye s an d Function . Editing the I D Code If you want to cha nge th e ID cod e, do the f[...]

  • Página 504

    3. Function 1 3 and Ye s . 4. Input th e te lep ho ne numbe r of th e T rans- fer St at ion , then p res s Ye s . ❐ This mac hine must be of the same manuf ac tu rer as yours, and it mu st be ab le to act as a Transf er S tat io n. 5. Input the End Rece ivers f or t his T ransf er Stat ion. Y ou must use Quick Dials, Speed Dials, or Gr ou ps that[...]

  • Página 505

    Pr ogramming Keystrokes Overview If you re gularly tra nsmit to a particular de stin at ion or set of dest ina tio ns usin g the same fe at ure s, you can save a lot of repe tit ive key pa d op era tio ns by storing the featu res and de stin at ion s in a Keystroke Prog ram. Keyst roke Prog rams are store d in Qu ick Dial keys. ❐ If you store a K[...]

  • Página 506

    Storing a Keyst roke Pr ogram 1. Make sure that the machin e is in standb y mode (see pag e 18). 2. Place a shee t of pap er in th e fe ed er . ❐ Skip st ep 2 if yo u are makin g a Pol li ng Rece pt io n pro gram. 3. Select all req uired f ea tures (su ch as T rans- fer Re qu est ) and tele ph on e nu mbe r s a s you wo uld n ormally do. ❐ Co n[...]

  • Página 507

    5. Ye s . 6. Eith er: ❐ Lab el an ot her p rog ram : G o to s t ep 2 . ❐ Return to sta nd by: Function . Using a Pr ogram Before using a prog ram, make sure that th e mach ine is in stand by mod e (see page 18 for details). T ransmission Pr og ram 1. Pla ce you r docu ment in th e fe eder . 2. Press t he prog rammed Qu ick Dial key . ❐ The pr[...]

  • Página 508

    Erasing a Pr ogram When you wish to dele te a Keyst roke p rogram, do th e followin g. 1. Function 3 4 and Ye s . 2. Pre ss t he Quick Dial key th at hold s the progra m that you wish to erase, or scroll the Qu ick Dials using and . Example : Qu ick Dial key 08. 3. Pre ss Ye s . 4. No . 5. T o dele te t he prog ram: Ye s . 6. Eith er: ❐ Edit or e[...]

  • Página 509

    NOTE: ❐ The machin e at the oth er en d must have enoug h memo ry space avail- able and it must have the Confid ential Re ceptio n fe ature . ❐ This is a propriet ary fe at ure , an d as such it only fu nct ion s with ma- chine s pr od uce d by th e same ma nu fa ctu rer that have this fe ature . ❐ Befo re sen din g a confid entia l messag e,[...]

  • Página 510

    Proced ure T o set up a confidentia l tran smission , do the follo wing . 1. Place your docu men t in th e feed er . 2. Function 1 2 an d Ye s . 3. Dial then press Ye s . 4. Eithe r: ❐ Dial another numb er: Go to step 3. ❐ Press Star t . Confid ential ID Overri de Opti on This proce du re will overrid e th e Con fid entia l ID store d in th e o[...]

  • Página 511

    Storing an Of ten Us e d Docume nt (Au to Docume nt) Overview If you oft en find that you have to sen d a pa rticu lar pa ge to pe op le (fo r examp le, a map, a stan dard at tachme nt, or a set of instruct ion s), sto re that page in th e memory as an Au to Docu ment, usin g a Q uick Dial key . This f eature is ca lled Auto Document . Then , whe n[...]

  • Página 512

    5. Ye s . The d ocumen t is sca nned . 6. E ith er: If yo u lab el th is docu ment: Ye s . If no : No and go to ste p 9. 7. Inpu t a lab el usin g th e Quick Dia l keys. 8. Ye s . 9. Eith er: ❐ Progra m ano ther Au to Do cume nt; place the docu men t th at you wan t to be an Auto Docu ment an d go to step 3. ❐ Finish: Function . NOTE: Y ou can [...]

  • Página 513

    5. Eith er: ❐ Dial another numb er: go to step 4. ❐ No more dest inatio ns: press Start . NOTE: If you sen d th e message to more than on e loca tio n, and you en te r the Q uick Dia l key wh ich co ntain s the A ut o Do cume nt, it will be at - tache d to all d estina tions. Printing th e Conten ts of an Auto Documen t If you need t o re mind [...]

  • Página 514

    Restricting Acce ss to the Machine Overview When your mach ine arrives from the fact ory and is insta lled for th e first time, anyb ody ca n use it. Howe ver , using a system of Perso na l Code s, th e mach ine can be set up to pre ven t unauth orized pe rson s from using th e ma chine. The nece ssary pro ced ure s are given in th e followin g sec[...]

  • Página 515

    Each user can be given a Pe rson al Code. While progra mming, you can store th e follo wing items with e ach P ersonal Co de: ❐ A name: This will b e printe d on reports, such as t he TCR, t o iden tif y th e u sers of the ma chin e. It is also use d with the Label In sertion featu re. ❐ A Confident ial ID: This mu st be dif ferent for ea ch P [...]

  • Página 516

    6. Inpu t a na me fo r this Pe rson al Cod e using th e Qu ick Dial keys or the ten key- pad. Example : JOHNS ON How to e nt er th e la be l; s ee p age 16 6. ❐ If yo u so n ot w i sh t o stor e a n ID: No . Go to ste p 8. 7. Sto re th e na m e: Ye s . Either: ❐ If you d o not ha ve an o pti on al fe atur e exp ande r , go to ste p 8. ❐ If yo[...]

  • Página 517

    7. Either: ❐ If you d o not ha ve an o pti on al fe atur e exp ande r , go to ste p 8. ❐ Edit the Con fiden tia l ID store d with this cod e; press Ye s then inpu t the ID. When t he ID is correct, press Ye s . 8. Either: ❐ Ent er or ed it an ot her co de : Go t o ste p 2. ❐ Finish: Function . Switching Restricted Acces s On Restrict ed Acc[...]

  • Página 518

    5. If you wish to chan ge the setting , pre ss 4 on th e te n keyp ad . 6. Finish: Ye s an d Function . Operating the Mach ine with Restri cted Acces s Switch ed On If you ha ve swit che d Re strict ed Acce ss on , t he disp lay is as sho wn b elo w whe n the ma chine is in st andby mode . Before you can use th e mach ine, you must ente r your pe r[...]

  • Página 519

    Program the T on e Key 1. Function 3 1 and Ye s . 2. Pr ess th e Quic k Dia l ke y 31 . 3. Ye s . 4. Ye s . The Quick Dial key 31 is pro - grammed as t he T one key . Operating the T o ne Key 1. Make sure that the machin e is in st andb y mode , an d th at there is no docume nt in the fe ed er . 2. Pick up the teleph on e ha nd set , or pre ss On H[...]

  • Página 520

    Storing Pa rt of a Number This f eature is ca lled Chain Dia li ng . It allows yo u to compo se a te lep ho ne numb er fro m variou s part s, some of which may be stored as Quick Dial keys or Speed Dial cod es, and some of which may be inp ut at th e key pa d. For examp le, you can program commo nly use d area or cou ntry co des in to Speed Dial co[...]

  • Página 521

    Printin g Y o ur Personal Ide ntific ation at th e Oth er End This featu re sup ple ments th e TTI. It uses the Perso na l Code an d the Qu ick Dial or Speed Dial Label to info rm the other pa rty who is sendin g th e messa ge, an d to stat e who the messag e is f or . T o use this feat ure , you mu st: ❐ Switch Label In sert ion on for each Quic[...]

  • Página 522

    Closed Network (T ransmission) This featu re helps avo id accid enta lly send ing a fax message to a termina l that is outside your fax n etwork. The ID Cod es of the commun icat ing machin es are checke d. If th ey are not the same, the co mmunicat ion is stopped. 1. Press Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 and Ye s . 2. Ye s . 3. Pre ss u ntil the settin gs [...]

  • Página 523

    Pr eventing T ransfer to a W r ong Connect ion This fea tu re pre ven ts th e auto mat ic swit chin g eq uip men t in th e telep hone network from accid enta lly co nnect ing you to the wro ng fax te rmina l. Howeve r , it does not he lp you if you dia led the wrong numb er you rself . So, eve n if this fe at ure is switched on, you sho uld still c[...]

  • Página 524

    ECM (Err or Corr ection Mode) and Page Retransmission ECM is a signalin g syste m tha t gre at ly re duces th e chance of data bein g lost beca use of a bad te lepho ne line. ECM is use fu l if you fre qu en tly commu nica te over poor te lep ho ne lin es. With ECM switched on, the commun icat ion cost will increa se if th e line is bad, but the da[...]

  • Página 525

    Batch T ransmission ( Featur e Expander Required) Overview This featu re will save commu nicatio n cost s if you of te n sen d more tha n one messag e to the same loca tio n. Exampl e: If vario us pe ople in you r of f ice sen d message s to th e T okyo branch of fice, send ing all these messa ge s on sep ara te calls can be expe nsive . It is chea[...]

  • Página 526

    T urn in g Batch T ransmiss ion On /O ff In a new machin e, this set tin g is "On". If you wish to cha ng e th is it , use the follo wing proce dure. (S ee page 16 8 if you need more info rmat ion abo ut the User Para met er set tin gs ad just men t pro ced ure ). 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 an d Ye s . 2. Ye s . 3. The sett ing s for switc[...]

  • Página 527

    RECEPTION Receiving Conf idential Message s (Featur e Expander Requir ed) Overview This f eature is ca lled Confidenti al Reception . If th e ot he r part y sent you a message usin g Co nfide ntial T ransmission, th e messag e is store d in the memo ry , and not printed . The "Re ceive File" ind icator o n the operat ion panel blinks to i[...]

  • Página 528

    Storing a Confi dential ID This can be any fo ur-d igit code (using digits 0 to 9). It must be use d to print any conf ide nt ial messa ge s tha t you r machin e ha s receive d. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 and Ye s . 2. Press until the screen is as shown op po- site. 3. Ye s . 4. Input the Confid en tia l ID that you will be using. Example : 6 7 5 4 [...]

  • Página 529

    Printing a Con fidenti al Fax Message If the Rece ive File indicat or is blinkin g, do th e fo llowin g to print the me ssag e. 1. Function 5 4 and Ye s . 2. In put the ID. Example : 6 7 5 4 from th e te n k ey p ad . If you can no t ou tp ut a conf ide nt ial file with this ID, you have inp ut the wrong ID or the sender ma y have over-rid den your[...]

  • Página 530

    5. If you wish to ch ange the sett ing press 0 . 6. Finish: Ye s an d Function . Cross-reference Personal Codes: see page 58. If you wish, you can prevent unidentified senders from sending you confidential messages. See page 78. Locking Inc oming Messages (Feature Expander r equired) Overview If Memory Lock is switche d on, th e machine will not pr[...]

  • Página 531

    Storing a Memory Lock ID This can be any fo ur-d igit code (using digits 0 to 9), excep t 00 00. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 and Ye s . 2. Press until the screen is as shown op po- site. 3. Ye s . 4. Inpu t th e Memo ry L ock ID th at you will b e using. Example : 6 7 5 4 fr om th e te n k ey p ad. 5. S tor e the ID : Ye s and Function . Editing the [...]

  • Página 532

    Switching Memory Lock On /Off Before you can use Memo ry L ock, you ha ve to switch it on using Funct ion 62. After you switch Memory Lock on , will appear on the display when t he ma chine is in stan dby mode. NOTE: If you switch Memory Lock on, Forward ing will be automatica lly disabled . 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 2 an d Ye s . 2. Scroll thro ugh [...]

  • Página 533

    3. The sett ing s for switch 00 are now shown on the botto m line of t he displa y . 4. Press until the settin gs fo r switch 09 are shown. 5. Th e s etti n g th at yo u ne ed t o c hang e is that for dig it 1 (do ub le unde rline d). Set as sho wn oppo site . If you want to lock mess ages in memory only from special ter minals: If you want to lock[...]

  • Página 534

    Rejection of Messages fr om Unidentified Senders If you wish, you can make the machin e reje ct inco ming me ssag es th at re quire stora ge to you r machin e’ s memory , if they are no t acco mpa nie d with an identifie r such as th e R TI or CSI. Featu res th at wo uld be af fected are Substit ut e Rece pt ion , Memory L ock, an d Co nf ident i[...]

  • Página 535

    Authori zed Rec eption Overview This featu re he lps you to reje ct jun k fax mail. It let s you spe cify which termin als you wish to receive fax messa ge s from; all others will b e shut ou t. T o a uth orize recep tio n fro m a particula r send er: ❐ Switch A ut horized Recep tion on . (Fu nction 62 ) ❐ Specify th e sende rs whose messages y[...]

  • Página 536

    Switching Auth orized Recepti on On /Off Before you use A ut ho rized Recept ion, yo u h ave to switch it on u sing Fun ctio n 62. If it is switche d of f, the machine will accep t any incomin g fa x messag e. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 2 and Ye s . 2. Scroll thro ugh the list of featu res with until the screen is as shown opposit e. 3. Ye s . 4. Chan[...]

  • Página 537

    4. Set as sho wn op po site . Press 3 on th e te n keyp ad to cha ng e the set tin g of digit 3. If you only wan t to accep t inco m- ing messa ges from th e Specia l T erminals: If you want to acce pt all incomin g messag es exce pt t hose from t he Special T erminals: 5. Finish: Ye s and Functi on . List of Special T erminals (Funct ion 81) Autho[...]

  • Página 538

    Forwar ding (Fe ature Expander Requir ed) Overview Using this fea tu re, you can send fax messa ge s coming in from cert ain locat ion s on to anoth er fa x machine. The termina ls t hat re ceive your fo rward ed messa ges are called "Forward ing T erminals". If ot he r fax mach ine s in your org an izat ion have this fe ature , you can u[...]

  • Página 539

    If th e R TI/CSI of th e mach ine send ing you a fa x is not th e same as any of those that you have prog ramme d int o th is featu re, the messag e will not be fo rward ed . Cross-references RTI and CSI: see page 189. Wild Cards: see page 91. TCR: see page 123. Programmi ng the Forwarding Featu r e This sectio n sho ws you ho w to set up your mach[...]

  • Página 540

    8. Either: ❐ If you w ant t o s tor e an othe r RTI /CS I, press Ye s and go to ste p 5. ❐ Otherwise: No and go to ste p 9. 9. Either: ❐ Store anoth er forward ing st ation ; go to step 3. ❐ Finish: Functi on . Editing or Deleting th e Forwarding Featur e 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 8 2 and Ye s . 2. Pre ss until the forward ing stat ion num- ber[...]

  • Página 541

    ❐ T o edit R TI ’ s/CSI’ s allo cat ed to this number: press un til th e RTI/C SI you wish to e dit ap pears. Then press Ye s . Go t o s tep 6. 6. Either: ❐ Edit th e R TI/CSI and press Ye s . The n go t o ste p 7. ❐ T o del et e th e RTI/C SI: No and Ye s . The n go t o ste p 5. Caution: I f you dele te all the RTI’s and CSI ’s for a[...]

  • Página 542

    4. C ha nge th e on /o ff se tti ng b y p res si ng or . 5. Finish: Ye s an d Function . Selecting which Messages to Forward Y ou have to select one of the fo llowin g two thin gs. ❐ Forward messag es on ly from spe cifie d sen de rs. or ❐ Forward messag es exce pt tho se fro m specif ied send ers. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 an d Ye s . 2. Ye s [...]

  • Página 543

    3. If you wish to change the sett ing, press 6 using th e te n keypad . Digit 6 (Double underlin ed ) 0: Local Prin tin g Of f 1: Local Prin tin On 4. Finish: Pre ss Ye s , then press Functi on . Enabli ng and Di sabling th e Forwarding Mark The forward ing mark is printed at the receivin g end on the top of each page of the fax messa ges tha t are[...]

  • Página 544

    Spec ified Casse tte Sele ction ( Optional P aper Feed Cassett e Requ ir ed) Overview This featu re is only ava ilab le if your machin e has the Lowe r Casset te . Using this featu re, you can select fax messa ges from cert ain send ers to be prin te d from a specif ied ca ssette . Exampl e: Put yellow pa per in the specif ied casset te . Then, mes[...]

  • Página 545

    Switching Cassette Sel ection On or Off Before you can print me ssag es fro m specif ied casset te, you have to switch it on using Funct ion 6 2 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 2 and Ye s . 2. Scroll thro ugh the list of featu res with until the screen is as shown opposit e. 3. Ye s . 4. Change the on /o f f se tt ing by pressin g or . 5. Finish: Ye s an d[...]

  • Página 546

    Choosing how to T r eat th e Special T ermi nal s Y ou have to select one of the fo llowin g two thin gs ❐ Only messa ges to prin t usin g pa per f rom th e spe cifie d casse tt e or ❐ All messag es exce pt tho se fro m specia l termin als. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 an d Ye s . 2. Ye s . The sett ing s for switch 00 are now shown on the bot to [...]

  • Página 547

    W ild Cards This fea tu re gre at ly enh an ces th e ef fective ness o f th e fo llowin g fe ature s: ❐ Autho rized Recep tion ❐ Forward ing ❐ Memory Lock ❐ Multi Cop y ❐ Specifie d Casse tt e Se lect ion In each of the se fe ature s, you have to sto re the R TI or CSI of various termina ls that you norma lly receive fax message s from. T[...]

  • Página 548

    Reverse Or der Printing (Fe ature Expander Requir ed) Normally , the machine prints the pages of receive d messa ges in the orde r that they we re rece ived u ncollat ed. Howeve r , with Reverse Orde r Print ing , th e mach ine will collate the sequen ce by printing the messag e fro m the last page first colla te d. This will ma ke it easier t o di[...]

  • Página 549

    Multi- copy Documen t Recept ion (Feat ur e Exp ander Requir ed) Using th is fea tu re, mo re th an one copy of each in comin g fa x messag e can be printed . Y o u may also choose to have more than one copy f rom o nly se lect send ers. This f eatu re eliminat es th e extra ste ps need ed to ha ve so meo ne make photo copies. For examp le, if you [...]

  • Página 550

    Switching Multi-cop y Document On or Off Before you can make mult iple copie s, you have to switch it on usin g Fun ctio n 62. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 2 an d Ye s . 2. Scroll thro ugh the list of featu res with until the screen is as shown opposit e. 3. Ye s . 4. Change the on /o f f se tt ing by pressin g or . 5. Finish: Ye s an d Function . Setti[...]

  • Página 551

    1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 an d Ye s . 2. Ye s . The sett ing s for switch 00 are now shown on the bot to m lin e of the displa y . 3. Press until the settin gs fo r switch 08 are shown. Th e s et tin gs th at y o u ne ed t o c ha ng e ar e digit 1 (doub le underline ). Press 1 of th e ten keyp ad to chang e th e settin g of digit 1. When you want t[...]

  • Página 552

    Printing a Center Mark If you swit ch th is fea ture on , a mark is print ed half way down ea ch rece ived page on the lef t hand side. This makes it ea sy fo r you to posit ion th e hole pu nch er correct ly when you file away th e rece ived fax messa ge s. The cen te r ma rk is not prin te d whe n you use the mach ine for making cop ies. T o swit[...]

  • Página 553

    Checke r ed Mark The mach ine print s a checke red mark in the top left corner o f th e first pag e of receive d message s. Using this mark, you can find the first page easily . This makes it ea sier fo r you to sepa rat e th e messa ges tha t are lying in th e copy tr ay . T o switch this feat ure on or of f, do the following. (See page 168 if you[...]

  • Página 554

    Reception T ime When you rece ive a messa ge , th e time is printed at the botto m of th e pa ge . Howeve r , this is the time at the tra nsmit tin g end or prin tin g end. T o check th e lo cal time, you have t o print th e TCR. Howeve r , if you switch on Recep tion T ime, the local time is also print ed at th e botto m o f on each pag e th at yo[...]

  • Página 555

    Howeve r , if you wish, th e second page can cont inue fro m where the first pa ge ende d. Contact your service repre sen ta tive if you require any ad just men ts to this feat ure . T wo in O ne (Into 1) This featu re he lps you conse rve pa per . If the size of th e inco ming pag e is half the size of the pape r in the casset te , th e mach ine w[...]

  • Página 556

    3. Pre ss until the settin gs fo r switch 10 are shown. T he s etti ng th at y o u ne ed t o c ha ng e is digit 1 (doub le underline d). Digit 1 (Double underlin ed ) 0: T wo in One is d isab led. 1: T wo in On e is e na ble d. 4. If you wish to cha ng e the set tin g, press 1 on th e te n k ey p ad. 5. Finish: Ye s an d Functi on . Closed Ne twork[...]

  • Página 557

    Enterin g a List of S enders to T reat Differently (Function 81: Special T e rminals) Y ou can ent er a list of up to 50 ide nt ifica tio ns (R TI, CSI and wild cards) f or senders you wish to treat dif ferently . For instance , fo r each identif ication in the list, you have th e followin g optio ns. ❐ Autho rized Recep tio n: Y ou can accep t t[...]

  • Página 558

    11 . Ye s . 12. Select whet her you set this R TI/CSI as the special termina l for spe cifie d Cas- sette Sele ction using or . (if yes: ON, if no: OFF) 13. Ye s . 14. Either: ❐ T o prog ram anot her specia l termin al; go to step 3. ❐ T o finish ; Functi on . Editing the R TI/CSI for the Special T erminals 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 8 1 and Ye s . [...]

  • Página 559

    10. Ye s . 1 1. Select whethe r you set this R TI/CSI as the special termina l for spe cifie d Cas- sette Sele ction using or . (if yes: ON, if no: OFF) 12. Ye s . 13. E ither: ❐ T o edit another spe cial te rmina l; go to step 2. ❐ T o finish ; Functi on . Erasing the Special T erminal 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 8 1 an d Ye s . 2. Press scroll the [...]

  • Página 560

    OTHER Calling to Request a Message (Polling) Overview Pollin g means "p icking up" a docu men t that has been left for you at a remote fax termin al. Y ou can also lea ve a do cume nt in your ma chin e’ s memory for oth er machin es to poll fro m yo u. ❐ With po lling , te lep ho ne line cost s are charge d to the perso n rece iving t[...]

  • Página 561

    Leaving a Documen t to be Picked Up by Oth ers (Pollin g T ransmission) Use Polling T ransmission when you wish to leave a documen t in the me mory f or others to pick up. Y ou can no t spe cify th e telep hone numb er of the Messag e Rece iver (th e termina l that you wish to poll your do cume nt ), bu t usin g th e ID Code th ere are ways to make[...]

  • Página 562

    3. Start . ❐ Y o ur fax m ess ag e is s tor ed and h el d on p olli ng s tand by . NOTE: If you see " ", you alrea dy ha ve a messa ge on Free Polling S tandby . ❐ T o clear th e old message: Cle ar th e old pollin g tra nsmissio n file using fun ctio n 23 (see page 1 1 1). Then sta rt f rom t he ste p 1 again. Secur ed Polling 1. Pla[...]

  • Página 563

    4. Ye s . 5. E nt er th e ID c od e th at y ou wi sh to u s e fo r this me ssage. Example : 2 5 6 7 fr om th e te n key p ad. NOTE: If you see " " you alrea dy ha ve a messa ge on Secured Po lling stan dby . ❐ T o erase the o ld messa ge: Clear th e old pollin g file by Funct ion 2 3 (see page 1 1 1). ❐ T o keep t he o ld messa ge, re[...]

  • Página 564

    Options for Polling T ransmission When you sto re a docume nt in memory fo r P ollin g T ransmission, you also ha ve the f ollowing option s: ❐ Perso nal Code : This is the same as fo r norma l tra nsmissio n (se e page 28 ) ❐ Page Cou nt :Th is is the same as for normal transmissio n (see page 31 ) ❐ TTI On/Of f: This is the same as for norm[...]

  • Página 565

    Picking Up Messages S tored E lsewher e (Polli ng Reception) Use this feature when you wish to poll a message from anothe r termin al. Y ou can poll docume nt s from many termin als with only on e opera tio n (use Grou ps and Keyst roke Prog rams to make th e most out of this fea ture). Y ou have th ree o ptions: Free P olling, Secured Pollin g, a [...]

  • Página 566

    Stor ed ID O verride Optio n This proce du re ove rride s t he ID Code tha t is store d in yo ur ma chin e. The ove rride is ef fective for th is o perat ion only . If is displayed : 1. Pre ss until the screen is as shown oppo- site. 2. Ye s . 3. E nt er th e ID c od e th at y ou wi sh to u s e fo r this o peration . Example : 2 5 6 7 fr om th e te[...]

  • Página 567

    File Management Every time you sto re a fa x messag e in you r ma chin e’ s memory , a new file is creat ed. Ea ch file is given a nu mbe r . T o see which files are cu rrently in th e memory , print a File List. NOTE: A new file is also create d fo r each Polling T ransmission, Substit ute Re cep - tion, and Co nfide ntial Recept ion. Cross-refe[...]

  • Página 568

    Printing a Fi le If you nee d to see th e conte nts o f an y of th e file s, use this fe at ure . 1. Y ou can prin t th ese kinds of file: ❐ Fax message file (Memo ry T ransmission): Function 5 1 and Ye s . ❐ Fax messag e f ile (P ollin g T ransmission): Function 5 2 an d Ye s . (Exampl e: Usi ng Function 51 . ) 2. E ith er: Print a list of fil[...]

  • Página 569

    Saving Ener gy T o print a fax messag e you r f ax mach ine uses a he at ing ro ller to fuse the image to the print. This rolle r mu st alre ady be hot whe n the paper pa sses und er it . T o maint ain a tempera tu re hig h enough to permit pro pe r fusin g, elect ricity is consu med . This fa csimile is equ ipp ed with vario us e nergy sa ving mod[...]

  • Página 570

    Which Savin g Energy Mode is Best for Y ou? Y ou ha ve two choice s: Y o u can let the roller coo l to roo m te mpe rat ure or yo u can let it coo l to th e midp oint. T o choose wh ich of the two se tt ing s you would p ref er , set the use r para met er switch. When you allo w the roller to cool to room te mperat ure , en erg y saving is at a max[...]

  • Página 571

    Night T imer Overview Laser print ing requ ires the applica tio n of heat to bond toner to the prin ter pap er . For incomin g message s to be output quickly , a heating elemen t insid e the machin e must be kept ho t. This will af f ect you r electricit y bills. The Night T imer f eature lets you prog ram time rs to switch th is heat ing ele men t[...]

  • Página 572

    Switching the Ni ght T ime r O n or Off The nig ht timer fe ature mu st be swit che d on using Funct ion 62. If it is switche d of f , the heat ing element s will stay on all the time . 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 2 an d Ye s . 2. Scroll thro ugh the list of featu res with and until the screen is as shown oppo - site. 3. Ye s . 4. Change the on /o f f [...]

  • Página 573

    8. Repeat fro m step 5 for the seco nd timer . Press to move th e curso r und er th e time. ∗ Input on the time, 0 6 0 0, for example, on the te n keyp ad. T o chang e A M to PM an d the ot her way around, press # . Acce pt t he se tt ing by pressing Ye s . ∗ TO KEEP THE HEATER ON ALL DAY: Se t both timers to ON = 12:0 0AM. TO KEE P THE HEATER [...]

  • Página 574

    Coun ters These counte rs will help you if you wish to keep a regular che ck on ho w many pages you r ma chin e ha s sent , rece ived, an d cop ied . The mach ine has th e fo llowing sof tware cou nters: ❐ Tx (T ransmit) Counte r: The nu mbe r of pa ge s tha t you r machin e ha s sent . ❐ Rx (Rece ive) Counter: The number of pag es th at your m[...]

  • Página 575

    Enterin g PC Printe r Mode (Print er Interf ace Req uired) Using PC Prin te r Mo de, you can conne ct you r f ax mach ine to an IBM or compa tib le pe rson al comp ut er an d use it as a printer . Docume nt s print ed from your comp ut er will b e sen t to your fa x machin e as text (AS CII chara cters) o r graphics (vect or or dot imag e), depen d[...]

  • Página 576

    Dual Access Dual Acce ss mean s th at eve n if th e machin e is alrea dy ca rrying out a ta sk, yo u may be ab le to ope rat e th e machine . For insta nce , if you r ma chin e is curren tly rece iving a long fax message , but you want to sen d a messa ge and go back to you r desk with ou t ha ving to wait by the machin e, you can place your messa [...]

  • Página 577

    RDS (Remote Diagnostic System) Overview If your ma chin e has a prob lem, a service te chn ician can pe rfo rm variou s diag nostic ta sks over the te lepho ne line fro m the service sta tion to try t o fin d out what is wrong with your mach ine . The service techn ician can a lso u se RDS to chan ge some of your machine ’ s sett ing s if you req[...]

  • Página 578

    AI Short Protocol This fe at ure emp loys A rtif icial Int ellig ence (A I) to lea rn th e commu nica tio n chara cte ristics o f t he mach ine s pro grammed as S pe ed Dials o r Qu ick Dials. AI Short Pro to col he lps you to red uce commun icat ion costs be twe en machin es produce d by the same man uf acture r . AI Sho rt P rot oco l on ly works[...]

  • Página 579

    AUTOMA T ICALL Y PRINTED REPOR TS The followin g report s are au tomat ically prin te d out at the appropriat e time. Descriptions of the A vailable Rep orts TCR (T ransmiss ion Confirmation Report) This report give s detail on each commun icat ion made by your termina l. It is automa tica lly o utpu t af te r a certa in nu mbe r of commu nica tio [...]

  • Página 580

    Power Fai lur e Report This report is p rint ed if the machin e’ s p ower was of f for long enough to erase the memory . The report give s details of the files that were lo st. With th is inf orma tio n, you may store messa ges for tra nsmissio n again , an d con ta ct the sen de rs of any receive d messa ge s that were lost. T ransfer Result Rep[...]

  • Página 581

    Switch ing Repor ts On/Off Some of these repo rts can be switched on or of f. T o switch a report on or of f , do the follo wing (see page 168 if you need more informat ion about the User Para met er set tin gs adjust men t pro ced ure ) . 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 an d Ye s . 2. Ye s . The se tting s for switch 0 a re no w shown on the botto m lin[...]

  • Página 582

    Printin g a Sample of D ata on the R eports For refe ren ce purpo ses, the machin e prints th e first few inch es of the fax messag e on t he follo wing re ports. ❐ Commun ication Re sult Re port ❐ File Re seve Repo rt ❐ Polling Clea r Report ❐ Commun ication Fa ilure Re port ❐ T ransfer Resu lt Rep ort ❐ Polling Con firma tio n List Th[...]

  • Página 583

    Report Format s Exampl e 1. Error Repor t The fo llowin g rep ort mean s tha t th e mach ine sent four pag es but th ere were errors during t he first two pag es. Exa mpl e 2. TCR *** ERROR REPORT (APR 28 1995 12:09PM) *** TTI XYZ COMPANY FILE PERS. NAME ADDRESS MODE TIME PAGE RESULT -----------------------------------------------------------------[...]

  • Página 584

    The fo llowin g pa ge s expla in th e symbols tha t ap pe ar in cert ain column s of the reports. The Mode Col umn See the bottom of th e TCR for a full listening of the symbols tha t are u sed on th e TCR. The Re sult Column OK: Successf ul Communica tio n E: An error o ccurred The Footnote on the TCR TX counter: T o tal numb er o f t ran smitt ed[...]

  • Página 585

    USER-INI TIA TED REPOR TS These repo rts can be prin te d at any time by execu tin g a pro cedure on the operat ion p anel. Descriptions of A vailable Reports TCR In addit ion to the auto mat ic o utpu t of this rep ort , you can print t he TCR at any time. 1. Press Function 4 1 and Ye s . 2. Start . Fil e Li st This is a list of Memory T ransmissi[...]

  • Página 586

    T elep hone Numbe r List Quic k Dia l Lis t : This is a list of the telep hone numbers and othe r items th at you have store d in the mach ine ’ s Quick Dial Keys. Speed Di al List: This is a list of the telepho ne numb ers that you have st ore d as Speed Dia l Codes. Group Dia l Lis t : This is a list of all the groups th at you have prog ramme [...]

  • Página 587

    Forwarding Li st (Featur e Expand er Requir ed) This list shows deta ils of ho w you have pro gra mmed the Forward ing featu re. It also inclu des the Wild Cards. 1. Press Function 6 2 2 2 2 8 2 and Ye s . 2. and Start . User Parameter Li st This shows the curre nt sett ing s of the User Parame ters. 1. Press Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 and Ye s . 2. an[...]

  • Página 588

    REPLACING P APER ❐ When th e Add Pa per ind icator ( ) o n the operat ion pane l is lit, th e cassett e is empt y . 1. Slid e ou t th e casse tt e un til it sto ps. Then, with bo th , remo ve it by holdin g it up and lifting it out at th e same time. NOTE: Pull it out horizon ta lly . CAUTION T o avoid dropping the casset te , ho ld it by the fro[...]

  • Página 589

    REPLACING TONER CA SSETTE AND CLEANING P AD ❐ When th e Add T oner ind icat or ( ) starts to b link, t he t oner cassett e is almost emp ty . Y ou will be able to make 100 more cop ies b ef ore you ha ve t o chang e th e to ner casset te. ❐ When th e Add T oner indicat or ( ) remains lit, it is t ime t o inst all a new tone r cassette . Replace[...]

  • Página 590

    4. Pull out th e transp are nt shee t fro m t he side of th e new ca sset te , as sho wn. Then, remove the b lack she et f rom th e front of th e casse tt e. 5. Slid e th e to ner casset te into the machine as far as it will go. Gen tly push down th e casse tt e to secure it in place. CAUTION: Hold t he casset te a s shown in t he illustrat ion. Ne[...]

  • Página 591

    REPLACING THE ST AMP When the mark made by the verifica tio n sta mp be come s pale , rep lace the stamp as describ ed b elow . 1. Pu ll u p th e scan ner . 2. Repla ce th e sta mp. If t weezers are n ot a vailable , you may pre ss the p oint of a pencil d own vertically int o the stamp an d remove it by lifting straig ht up. 3. Close t he o perati[...]

  • Página 592

    5. Chang e the paper size plat e (locate d at t he fron t of the casset te). T o remove an existing plat e , squ ee ze the two vertical t abs slight ly inwards wh ile pulling the plate out from be low (see diagram). inse rt a pla te wit h the appro pria te pap er size engra ved on th e fro nt . 6. Fi t th e pa per fen c e l ock be hi n d th e rea r[...]

  • Página 593

    Optional Removab le Cassette 1. Pu ll out t he re movable casset te. 2. Remo ve th e cove r of th e cassett e. 3. Push the paper unt il it clicks. 4. Remo ve th e pa pe r . 5. Ad just the posit ion of the en d fe nce. 11 LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE CHANGING THE PAPER SIZE 137[...]

  • Página 594

    6. Adjust th e positio n of the side fence . 7. Rotate the dial until th e appro pria te size appears. 8. Set t he paper under the corners. If th ere is s pac e be twe en the p ap er an d a fences, the pape r will not be fed proper ly . T o a void th is, ca ref ully mo ve in each fence unt il it is flush with the pa- per . 9. Se t th e cove r of th[...]

  • Página 595

    USER MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES T o e nsure that you r fax con tinue s to opera te prop erly , some simple main te na nce is require d. This ent ails clea nin g an d rep lacin g a fe w comp on en ts. Clea nin g shou ld be don e once eve ry 6 mont hs. Repla ceme nts shou ld be done af te r a specif ied n umber of scanning s or p rinting s. Clean ing Ref[...]

  • Página 596

    Cleaning P rocedur e Scanne r [F] [D] [C] [B] [A] [E] [G] USER MAINTENA NCE PROCEDURE S LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE 140[...]

  • Página 597

    1. Prepare a sof t da mp clot h. 2. T urn of f the main po wer switch . 3. Li ft u p th e op er ati on pa nel . 4. Clean the separation roller [A] with the soft damp clot h, while rotat ing the roller . 5. Clean t he white strip [B] with t he soft damp cloth. CAUTION: Do not damag e th e sen sor act ua to r [G] (bla ck plast ic) on the white strip [...]

  • Página 598

    6. T urn the main power switch of f. 7. Clean t he expo sure g lass [E ] with the soft da mp clot h. 8. Clean the pick-up a nd fee d rollers [F] with the soft damp clot h, while turnin g the roll- ers in the dire ctio n sho wn in the dia gram . 9. Close the o peration panel. E F USER MAINTENA NCE PROCEDURE S LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE 142[...]

  • Página 599

    Main Cassette 1. Pu ll out t he ca ssette . NOTE: Pull it out horizontally . 2. Clea n th e rolle r [ G] using the soft damp cloth . 3. Close the ca ssette . Optional Lower Cas sette 1. Pull out th e optio na l lower casse tt e. NOTE: Pull it ou t horizon ta lly . 2. Clean the roller [H] with a soft damp clot h. 3. Repla ce th e lowe r cassette to [...]

  • Página 600

    Clean ing the C orona Wir e Plea se clea n th e coro na wire if vertica l black line s app ear on the prin ting imag e. 1. Lift up th e op eratio n pa nel. 2. Ope n th e up pe r cov er . 3. Remove the t oner cassett e. P lace it on a sheet o f pa per . 4. Gently dra g the blu e lever f rom end to end twice. Make sure th e lever is re- turns to the [...]

  • Página 601

    5. Re-inst all th e to ner casset te . Slide th e to ne r casset te into the ma- chine as far as it will go. Ge nt ly push down th e casse tt e to secure it in place. 6. Close the upper cover an d lowe r the op- erat io n pa ne l . Replacing the ADF Roller Assembly and the Separation Pad Y ou sh ou ld re pla ce t he ADF (A ut o Docume nt Feede r) r[...]

  • Página 602

    3. Remo ve th e old sepa rat ion pad. 4. Insta ll the new ADF roller assembly . 5. In sta ll the new sep ara tio n pad. 6. Close t he o peration panel. USER MAINTENA NCE PROCEDURE S LOOKING AFTER THE MACHINE 146[...]

  • Página 603

    Replacin g the Ph otocond uctor Y ou sho uld replace th e phot oco nd uct or to maintain the copy qu alit y aft er ab ou t every 30,0 00 shee ts have be en printed . If th e fo llowin g disp lay appe ars, repla ce th e phot oco nd uct or . T o check how many shee ts you ’ve prin te d, plea se ref er to the sectio n tit led "Cou nt ers" [...]

  • Página 604

    4. Remo ve th e old the pho to con du cto r . 5. Place t he p hotocon ductor in the ma - chine. Pay at tent ion to th e green knobs. One of th em is marked "R" for r ight side. 6. Remove the b lack sheet a s shown in the lowe r pictu re. 7. T u rn th e gre en levers to lock the pho to - conducto r in p lace. Caution: Never to uch the surf[...]

  • Página 605

    8. Replace th e to ne r casset te . Slide th e to ne r casset te into the ma- chine as far as it will go. Ge nt ly push down th e casse tt e to secure it in place. 9. Close the u pper cove r and t he sca nner . Aft er you repla ce the ph ot oco nduct or , reset the coun te r for ph ot oco nduct or insid e the ma chine. 1. The displa y is shown as o[...]

  • Página 606

    CAUTION: Do not att empt t o make any re pairs other th an those described in this ma nual. Remo ving cove rs may expose yo u to dan gerous volta ges and other risks. Refer all servicin g to qualified p ersonnel. CHECK THE INDICA T ORS AND DIS PLA Y P ANEL The Che ck Display ind icat or ligh ts if there are an y prob lems. Check th e descrip tio n [...]

  • Página 607

    Adjusti ng th e Docume nt Feede r Depe nd ing on th e th ickness o f th e pa pe r , three sett ing s can be select ed; th in, normal, an d thick. 1. O pen th e op er ati on pa nel . 2. T o meet the paper typ e to be scan ne d, adju st th e leve r position as shown in the following table . Paper Thickness Pressure Position Thin Low 1 Normal Normal 2[...]

  • Página 608

    COPY JAMS If " " app ears in t he displa y , the re is a copy jam. There are fo ur possible locat ions: ❐ Casset te ent ran ce (Main Cassette , Optio nal Pap er Fee d Casse tt e) ❐ Copy Fe ed Are a (Insid e t he Mach ine, Co py E xit Area ) Cassette Entr ance Main Cassette 1. Pull open the casset te . NOTE: Pull it out horizontally . [...]

  • Página 609

    Optional Lower Cas sette 1. Pull out th e optio na l lower casse tt e. NOTE: Pull it ou t horizon ta lly . 2. Gently pull out t he misf ed paper . Do n ot leave any piece s inside . 3. Repla ce th e lowe r cassette . SOL VING PROBLEMS SOLVING P ROBLEMS COPY JAMS 153[...]

  • Página 610

    Copy Feed Ar ea Inside the mach ine 1. Remove the co py tra y . 2. Pull up and open th e op era tio n pane l. 3. Ope n th e up pe r cov er . 4. Ope n th e fro nt cover . COPY JAM S SOLVING P ROBLEMS 154[...]

  • Página 611

    5. Pull out the jammed pape r caref ully . CAUTIONS: ❐ Do not to uch the fusin g un it . It may be h ot. ❐ Do not t ou ch th e ph ot oc ond uc tor drum. Any tone r on the pape r will not be fixed to the pa pe r . Be caref ul no t to get your hands or clo thing dirty . 6. Close the fro nt cover and th e up pe r cover . 7. Clo se th e op era tio [...]

  • Página 612

    Copy Exit A rea 1. Open th e cop y exit cover . 2. Gently pull the ja mmed p aper . 3. Close th e cop y exit cove r . COPY JAM S SOLVING P ROBLEMS 156[...]

  • Página 613

    Copy Jams Wh en Y ou Use th e Opt iona l Re mo vabl e Ca sset te (Ca sse tt e Ar ea) 1. Remove the re movable casset te. 2. Pull out the casse tt e. 3. Gently pull out the misfed paper . Do not leave an y piece s inside . 4. Replace th e casse tte. 5. Replace th e remo vab le casse tte. SOL VING PROBLEMS SOLVING P ROBLEMS COPY JAMS 157[...]

  • Página 614

    COMMUNICA TION PRO BL EMS If " " app ears in t he displa y: Press Stop . ❐ A poor lin e cau sed the commun ication t o fa il. ❐ The line is busy or noisy . T ry to retransmit. ❐ The ot he r machin e is o ut of ord er . ❐ Ask the othe r party to check th eir mach ine. OPERA T ING DIFFICUL TIES Problem Required Action ST ANDBY MODE [...]

  • Página 615

    Problem Action Req uired Frequent original misfeeds Mu ltifeeds Incorrect pos itioning of originals ➡ Put the document in the feeder corr ectly . See page 18. Incorrect alignment of or iginals ➡ Align the edges of the document. See page 18. Curled pages ➡ Flatten the document. See page 15. Incorr ect document type ➡ Use a proper document ty[...]

  • Página 616

    T ransmission cannot take place; CLEAR ORIGINAL appears. The document is jammed in the feeder . ➡ Remove the jammed document (see page 150) and repeat the transmission pr ocedure. The document may be longer than the max imum limit (see page 14). ➡ Make sure that none of your or iginals exceed this limit. Do user maintenance, espec ially rollers[...]

  • Página 617

    Copy paper misfeeds occur frequently . Is the proper paper in the paper tray? ➡ Paper size and weight must be within the standards set for this machine. Is folded, wrinkled, damp, or c urled paper in the paper tray? ➡ Always use dry , undamaged paper . Is the paper set proper ly in the paper tray ? ➡ Always load paper cor rectly . See page 13[...]

  • Página 618

    DISPLA YED ERROR MESSAGES The followin g message s may appear wh ile you are opera tin g or progra mming the machin e. Y ou cannot use the auto- dialer at the moment. Use the ten keypad or the handset. No polling reception operations hav e been programmed. There are no mess ages in memory waiting for trans mission. There are no mess ages in memory [...]

  • Página 619

    ERROR CODES Fax machin es use a teleph one line . The same typ es of p rob lems yo u e xpe rience while makin g phone calls (such as noisy lines, crosst alk, discon nectio n during conve rsat ion , wea k sig nals) also occu r with faxing . T elephone ca llers ca n deal with th e pro ble ms the mselve s (for exa mple, by spe akin g a bit loud er), b[...]

  • Página 620

    Code Possib le Cause 2-xx P ossible fault in your machine. 4-00 The page took too long to send. Send again at a lower resolution, or without halftone. The line may be bad. 4-01 Ther e is a bad line. The telephone line at the rear of the mac hine may be disconnected. 4-02 The r eceived page was too long. 4-10 ID codes did not match. Co- ordinate ID [...]

  • Página 621

    CALLING THE SER VICE ST A TION The mach ine has a fe at ure called Service Repo rt T ransmissio n. Use t his f ea tu re when your mach ine is having prob lems. The machin e will transmit in fo rmat ion about th e co nditio n o f yo ur ma chine t o yo ur se rvice repre senta tive . A tech nicia n will then be able to find out what the problem is bef[...]

  • Página 622

    STORING TELEPHONE NUMBERS T o dial a telephone numbe r or store it as a Quick Dial or Speed Dial, type it into the ma chine at t he t en keypa d on the operat ion p anel. STORING NAM ES AND LABELS Y ou can enter na mes usin g th e Qu ick Dial keys. Use Quick Dia l keys 01 to 26 for the lett ers of the alph ab et, an d use Quick Dial 27 as a spaceb [...]

  • Página 623

    Punctuation Marks and Symbols If you press Quic k Dia l ke y 28 while enterin g a lab el, you can ent er symbo ls. Sele ct th e symbo l yo u req uire using the or keys. These are th e symbo ls yo u can ent er: & $ ! " # $ % & ’ ( ) * + , / : ; < > ? @ [ ¥ ] ^ Press Ye s when you get the symb ol you want to ente r . Editin g wi[...]

  • Página 624

    ON/OFF SWITCHES AND USER P ARAMETERS Some of th e fe at ure s in this mach ine can be switche d on or of f, and some of th em do not work unless th ey are switche d on first. Other fe at ure s can be adju ste d in variou s ways. Ea ch adjust men t or on/o f f switch is expla ine d in the rele van t sectio ns of the manu al. There are two user funct[...]

  • Página 625

    On/of f switches available in th is menu are Feature Featu re 1 T elephone Line T ype 6 Memory Lock 1 2 A uthorized Reception 7 Forwarding 1 3 Night Timer 8 Multicopy Reception 1 4 Daylight Saving Time/Summer T ime 9 Cassette Selection 2 5 RDS ( 1 : Optional Feature Expander required.) ( 2 : Optional Paper Feed Cassette r equired.) User Paramete r [...]

  • Página 626

    The use r para met er switch es are outlined be low . (*: Fact ory set tin g) Switch 00 - Home positi on setti ngs Digit Purpo se 0 Stamp 0: Off* 1: On 1 2 Contrast home position Digit 2 Digit 1 Setting 0 0 Normal * 0 1 Lighten 1 0 Darken 3 Do not use this setting. 4 5 Resolution Digit 5 Digit 4 Setting Digit 5 Digit 4 Setting 0 0 Standard* 1 0 Fin[...]

  • Página 627

    Switch 03 - Autom ati c printi ng of re ports Digit Purpo se 0 Communication result repor t (Memory T ransmission) 0: Of f 1: On* 1 Do not change this setting. 2 File reserve r eport 0: Off* 1: On 3 File reserve r eport(polling rec eption) 0: Off* 1: On 4 Communication result report( polling reception) 0: Off 1: On * 5 T ransmission result report ([...]

  • Página 628

    Switch 07 - Do not change these settings Digit Purpo se 0 to 7 Do not change these settings. Switch 08 - V arious Digit Purpo se 0, 1 Multicopy reception (Feature Expander Required) Digit 1 Digit 0 Setting X 0 Off* 0 1 Messages from senders whose R TI/CSI’s are programmed are multi- copied. 1 1 Messages from senders whose R TI/CSI’s are not p r[...]

  • Página 629

    Switch 09 - V arious Digit Purpo se 0, 1 Memory lock Digit 1 Digit 0 Setting (Feature Expander Required) X 0 O f f* Locked messages ar e printed 0 1 Only Lock mes sages from senders when you enter the memory whose RTI/CSI’ s are programmed. lock ID. 1 1 Lock all messages except those fr om senders whose R TI/CSI’s are programmed. 2 to 7 Do not [...]

  • Página 630

    SPECIFICA TIONS Dimens ions: 18.7" x 18.1" x 9.4" (W x D x H) excludin g tra ys, ha ndset , an d op tio nal kit s. W eight: 38.4 lb s excludin g th e to ner casset te , trays, prin ter pap er , and optiona l equipme nts. Power Supply : 1 1 5 V ac, 60 Hz; sin gle p hase Power Consumption: Stan dby: Minimu m - 2W , Normal -25 W T ransm[...]

  • Página 631

    LOCA T ION For t he best possib le pe rformance, insta ll your machine in a place which satisfie s the f ollowing conditio ns. ❐ Not exp ose d to direct sunlig ht ❐ W e ll ventilat ed (air turn ove r at lea st three times per hou r); to avoid the build -up of ozon e, make sure to loca te the machin e in a larg e well-ve ntilat ed room which has[...]

  • Página 632

    A TT ACHING THE DOCUMENT T ABLE AND DOCUMENT TRA Y 1. Ope n th e fro nt cover . 2. Atta ch th e do c ume nt t ab le an d th e doc u- ment tray a s shown . 3. Close the fro nt cover until you hear it click. If your docume nt s are large, pull the ext en sion s out. Attaching the Cop y T ray 1. Att ach t he copy tray a s shown . 2. Y ou can also exte[...]

  • Página 633

    INST ALLING THE PHOTOCONDUCTOR, TONER CASSETTE AND CLEANING P AD Before using the machin e, in stall t he p hotocon ducto r , toner ca ssette and cleaning pad a s follows: 1. L ift up th e oper ati on pa nel . 2. Open t he f ron t cov er . (Pu sh th e bu tt on o n the cove r .) 3. Place t he p hotocon ductor in the ma chine. Pay atte nt ion t o th [...]

  • Página 634

    6. Pull out th e transp are nt shee t fro m t he side of th e casse tt e, then remo ve th e black sh eet fro m the f ront. 7. Slide the ton er casse tt e into th e ma- chine as far as it will go. Ge nt ly push down th e casse tt e to secure it in place. 8. Inst all th e clea ning pa d as sho wn in the illustrat ion . Match the positio n of the arro[...]

  • Página 635

    CONNECTING THE MACHI NE CAUTION: Do not swit ch on unt il everyth ing is conne cted prop erly. Before using the machin e it must be con ne cte d to the tele ph one line correctly (see below). When this has be en done, plug in the powe r cable and switch th e machin e on . ❐ Make sure tha t th e mach ine is properly conn ect ed to th e te lep hone[...]

  • Página 636

    LOADING THE P APER I N THE CASSETTE When you loa d th e paper in th e cassett e, do th e fo llowing. 1. Remo ve th e casse tt e. NOTE: Pull it out horizontally . CAUTION: To avo id drop ping the cassett e hold it b y the f ront and side while pulling it out. 2. Pu sh th e met al plate down . 3. Aft er pu shin g the met al plate , tu rn over t he ca[...]

  • Página 637

    4. Make sure th e po sitio ns of the two side fen ces mat ch th e pape r size by checking the m aga inst the scale prin te d on the bot to m of th e pa pe r tray . The fences sho uld be alig ne d so th at the inside edge of each fen ce is just touch ing t he line of t he sca le (to p lef t cap tion). T o move a fe nce , pinch th e top leve r in and[...]

  • Página 638

    INST ALLING REMOV ABLE CASSETTE AND LOADING P APER (OPTION) 1. Pu ll out a nd re move t he casset te. 2. T urn over th e casse tt e an d remo ve th e front cover at tache d to the cassett e as shown in th e pict ure . Then Close t he ca ssette. 3. Remo ve th e cove r of th e casse tt e. 4. Push the bott om pla te until it clicks. INSTAL LATION APPE[...]

  • Página 639

    5. Ad just the posit ion of the en d fe nce. 6. Adjust the posit ion o f th e side fence. Insta lling t he long p aper extension . 7. T urn over th e casse tt e. Remove the extension . 8. T urn over th e casse tt e ag ain and insta ll t he extension . 11 8 1 2 APPENDIX APPENDIX INSTALL ATION 183[...]

  • Página 640

    9. Rotate the dial until the appro pria te size appears. 10. Set t he paper under t he corne rs. If t here is space bet ween the paper and fences, the p aper will n ot be fed pro perly . T o avoid this, ca ref ully move in each fen ce until it is f lush with the pa pe r . 1 1. S et t he co ver of t he re movable casset te. 12. Install the remo vabl[...]

  • Página 641

    A TT ACHING THE OPTIONAL HANDSET 1. Attach the han dse t sta nd to th e bracket by two screws. (A) Then at ta ch the bra cket with sta nd to the mach ine by two screws. (B) 2. T o avoid slack wire hanging at the rea r of the mach ine , atta ch th e cord clip. 1) Insert the cord int o th e clip ab ou t two thirds down (see diagram). 2) Peel of f the[...]

  • Página 642

    USING MANUAL FEED Y ou can set a sheet of pape r using the manu al fe eder whe n you make a cop y or print from th e PC (Optio na l Print er Inte rfa ce is requ ired ). 1. Insert a she et of pape r and align it wit h the righ t ed ge . Paper will be f ed. NOTE: If a p aper is left in the manual feeder for 3 minut es, it will be fed out automat ical[...]

  • Página 643

    SOME ITEM S MUST BE PROGRAMMED F IRST Overview Aft er you have insta lled your ne w machin e and con ne cte d it to th e te lep hone line, there are a few thing s tha t you have to do before you start to send fax messa ge s from you r new mach ine . Y ou sho uld set up your mach ine ’ s clock and identif icat ion . In fact, fo r faxes se nt to, f[...]

  • Página 644

    Sett ing th e Date and Time Y our fa x machin e ha s an int ern al clock. It con tro ls the follo wing featu res. ❐ The time displa y on th e op era tio n pa ne l while th e machine is idle . ❐ Operat ion of time-de lay fe ature s like Send Later . ❐ The da te and time th at is printe d out on pages th at you receive, if Recep tio n T ime is [...]

  • Página 645

    3. Use the an d arrows on the scroll key to switch the feat ure on or o f f. This mode is of f if the displa y is shown as op- posite. 4. T o store your sett ing: Ye s . Sett ing Y our Machine’ s Identification There are three labe ls which ide nt ify you rself to the operato r at th e othe r end . These labe ls a re calle d th e R TI, the TTI, a[...]

  • Página 646

    R TI (Remote T erminal I den tifi cation ) Y our R TI appears on the other pa rty’ s o peratio n pane l durin g communica tio n, providing the other mach ine was made by the same ma nu fa ctu rer a s you rs. Th e R TI can ha ve up to 20 chara cters (n umb ers an d let te rs ca n be used , alo ng with some punct ua tio n marks). Prog ram some th i[...]

  • Página 647

    1. Eithe r: ❐ T o ent er th e R TI from the stan dby mode, pre ss Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 and Ye s . An d th en pr ess un - til the screen is as shown op posite . Then p ress Ye s . ❐ If you ha ve just ent ere d the R TI in the previous pro cedure , pre ss Ye s . 2. Either: ❐ If no TTI has be en sto red , in pu t t he TTI using the Quick Dial [...]

  • Página 648

    1. Eithe r: ❐ If you are start ing from sta nd by mode, pre ss Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 and Ye s . An d th en pr ess un - til the screen is as shown op posite . Finally pre ss Ye s . ❐ If you ha ve just en te red the TTI in the previo us pro ced ure , pre ss Ye s . 2. Input you r tele phone nu m be r . Example : 21 25 5567 89 NOTE: Y ou may use u[...]

  • Página 649

    QUICK DIA L, SPEED DIAL, AND GROUP DIA L Thr ee Convenient W ays t o Dial Inst ea d of dialin g the fu ll numb er on the fax mach ine ’ s keypa d, you can use Speed Dia l, Quick Dia l or G roup Dial. These featu res allo w you to store tele ph one numbe rs in your machine ’ s memory . (A stored number will remain in th e memory , and you can us[...]

  • Página 650

    Y ou can store up to 32 Quick Dial keys and 90 Speed Dial Codes in th is model. When you sto re a Qu ick Dial o r Spe ed Dial, you can also store the name of th e other party as a quick refe ren ce (th is name will be displayed on the opera tio n panel be fo re you press the St art key , so you can check whe th er you have select ed the correct num[...]

  • Página 651

    Pr ogramming Quick Dial This machin e ha s 32 Quick Dia l keys (01 to 32), each of which can be programme d as one of t he fo llowin g: Quick Dial ke y , Group , A ut o Docu ment, o r Keyst roke Prog ram. Th e page numb er in th e fo llowing ta ble sho ws the lo cation of the p rogrammin g pro cedure. 1 Quick Dial A fax or telephone number This pag[...]

  • Página 652

    6. T o enter a lab el for this Qu ick Dial press Ye s . NOTE: If y ou do n ot w is h t o ente r a l a- bel, press No . Go t o s tep 9. 7. E nter the l ab el Example : NE W YO RK OFFI CE Enter t he ch aracters u sing t he Quick Dial keys and th e te n keyp ad . For how to ente r labels, see page 166. 8. Ye s . 9. Switch Label In sertion On or Of f u[...]

  • Página 653

    5. Eithe r ❐ Change th e label: Edit the existin g label, th en press Ye s . Go to ste p 6. ❐ Keep t he labe l as it is: press Ye s tw ic e. Go to st ep 8 6. Edit the lab el . Example : LO NDON OFFI CE For how t o ed it : S ee p ag e 16 6. 7. Ye s . 8. Switch Label In sertion On or Of f using or , then Ye s . 9. Either: ❐ Edit an ot her: Go t[...]

  • Página 654

    Pr ogramming Speed Dials Using this fea tu re, you can store teleph one numbe rs as Speed Dia l Cod es. Y ou can also store a labe l with ea ch te lep hone numb er fo r use with the T elephone Directo ry and L abel Insert ion f eatures. Telephone Direct ory This makes using Speed Dial Codes more convenient. When you program a Speed Dial Code, you c[...]

  • Página 655

    6. Either: ❐ If you wan t to prog ram th e lab el fo r this Speed Dial, press Ye s . ❐ Do not progra m a la bel for this n um- ber: P ress No an d go to s tep 9. 7. Enter a labe l. Inpu tt in g an d ed it ing la bels: se e pa ge 166. 8. Ye s . 9. Switch Label In sertion On or Of f using or , then Ye s . 10. Eit her: ❐ Pr ogr am an othe r : Go[...]

  • Página 656

    6. Ed it the label. Example : LO NDON OFFI CE ❐ Enter character s at the cursor whic h can be moved using the and keys. Use Clear to dele te a d ig it. For ho w t o edit : See pag e 16 6. 7. Ye s . 8. Switch Label In sertion On or Of f using or , then Ye s . 9. Either: ❐ Edit an ot her: Go t o ste p 2. ❐ Finish: Functi on . Erasing a S peed D[...]

  • Página 657

    Pr ogramming Groups Grou ps allo w you to combine some numbers int o on e gro up , fo r easy seque nt ial tran smission to all the numbe rs in that gro up . The se numb ers can be se lect ed from those alrea dy sto red in Quick Dial keys or Speed Dial Cod es, or you can select oth er nu mbe rs by ent erin g th em at the keypa d. Y ou can also store[...]

  • Página 658

    ❐ If you d o not wi sh to pr og ram a lab el : Press No and go t o s tep 9. 7. In put a lab el usin g th e Quick Dia l keys and th e te n keyp ad (such as DIS TRIB U- T ORS ). 8. Ye s . 9. In pu t th e num be r t hat you w ish t o s tor e i n the gro up . For exa mple : ❐ Quick Dial 2 5: Press the 25 on the ten keypa d. ❐ Speed Dial 00: Spe e[...]

  • Página 659

    2. Input th e nu mbe r of th e gro up that you wish to alter . Example : If you want to delete or edit the conte nts o f th e Group 1; press 1 on the te n keyp ad. An d press Ye s . 3. Either: ❐ If you wan t to chan ge the Quick Dial key w he r e th at Grou p i s sto red : Ye s . Then pre ss No and pre ss a new Quick Dial ke y . ( NOTE: If th at [...]

  • Página 660

    Programmi ng the Gr oup K ey Y ou can prog ram 7 group s. Howe ver , if there aren’t enoug h free Quick Dial keys for you r grou ps, the Grou p key can be use fu l. Y ou have to prog ram Quick Dial 32 as the Gro up key . 1. Function 3 1 and Ye s . 2. Pre ss Quick Dia l 32 . 3. Ye s . 4. Ye s . Quick Dial 32 has bee n pro gra mmed as a Gro up key [...]

  • Página 661

    Storage C apacit y for T ele phone Number s When yo u use the t hree feature s listed in the f ollowing table, you can d ial more than one numbe r . Some function s have dif ferent capacitie s. COMMUNICA TION FEA TURE P AGE MAX . NUMBER OF ADDRESSES/F AX MESSAGE TOT A L FA X E S TOT A L ADDRESSES FOR ALL F AXE S MAX. STORED Pag es Broadcasting 62 1[...]

  • Página 662

    DEALING WI TH JUNK F AX MAIL The followin g feature s will help you to reject unwan te d jun k fax mail. ❐ Autho rized Re ceptio n: se e page 79. ❐ Closed Netwo rk (Receptio n): se e page 100. ❐ Reject ion of messa ges from un auth orize d sen de rs: see page 78. OTHER ITEM S TO PROGRAM A T YOUR LEISURE The followin g feature s will help you [...]

  • Página 663

    ADF (Au tomatic Documen t Feeder): A device which feeds the pages of a multi- page document one at a time, in the order that you arranged the pages in the stac k. Batch Nu mbering (Pag e Count): This is a way of number ing pages that allows you to check whether you rec eived all pages, and if not, which ones are miss ing. For example, if you rec ei[...]

  • Página 664

    Handset : This is the telephone that is c onnected to the jack marked "TEL". Home Position: Some of your machine’ s features can be adjusted. T he home position is the setting to whic h the machine always retur ns at the end of an operation. Intern ational Dialing Co de: This is the code that mus t be dialed at the beginning of the numb[...]

  • Página 665

    FUNCTION LIST No. Funct ion Page 1 1 Polling Reception 109 12 Confidential T r ansmis sion 53 13 T ransfer Reques t 44 14 Secured Polling Transmis sion 106 15 Free Polling T ransmission 105 21 Erasing Memory Files 1 1 1 22 Erasing Polling Reception Files 1 10 23 Erasing Polling Trans miss ion Files 105 31 Programming Quick Dials/ Printing the Quick[...]

  • Página 666

    Index A Activity Report (T CR) 123, 127 Add Paper Indicator 132 Add T oner Indicator 133 - 134, 177 AI Short Protocol 122 Authorized Reception 79 Authorized Reception List 101, 130 On/Of f switch 80 Auto Document 55 Auto Receive Mode 37 B Batch T rans mission 69 Broadcasting 20 Buzzer Alarm 22 V olume Control 43 C Checkered Mark , on/off 97 Clear O[...]

  • Página 667

    L Language Selection 187 Lightning protection 7 - 8 Line Fail Indicator 158 M Manual Receive Mode 37 Marker (Stamp) 34 Memory & Display 6 Memory Lock 74 - 75, 77, 85 On/Of f switch 76 Memory Storage Report 123 On/Off s witch 125 Memory T ransmission 17, 33 Multi-sort Document Reception 93 Multicopy Mode 1 19 N Night T imer 1 15 O On Hook Dial 4[...]

  • Página 668

    Quick Dial Keys 13 Quick Dial List 195 R RDS (Remote Diagnostic System) 121 Receive File Indicator 38, 73 Receiving Confidential Messages 71 Reception Auto Receive Mode 37 Manual Receive Mode 37 Mode Selection 37 Receiving Confidential Messages 71 Substitute Reception 38 Reception T ime, on/off 98 Redialing 13, 35 Reducing the Page Length 98 Replac[...]

  • Página 669

    U User Maintenance Procedures 139 - 149 User Parameter List 131 User Parameters 169 V V erification Stamp 34 V olume Control, Speaker & Buzzer 43 W Well Log T ransmission 70 Wild Cards 91 Y Y our Machine’ s T elephone Number 45[...]

  • Página 670

    USA FCC Requirem ents 1. This equipment compli es with P art 68 of the FCC rules. On the cov er of this equipment is a label that contains , among other informati on, the FCC regis t rati on number and ringer equival enc e number (REN) for thi s equipment . If requested, this inf ormat ion mus t be provided to the tel ephone com pany . 2. Thi s equ[...]

  • Página 671

    CER TIFICA TION LABEL Certif ication L abel RICOH UNI TECHNO CO., L TD. Complies with FDA radiatio n performa nce standards, 21 CFR Subch apter J. 713 TSURUGA SONE YASHIO -SHI SAITAMA -KEN JAP AN. MANUFACTURED: PPC2100S HS[...]

  • Página 672

    SUPPLI ES CAUTION: Rico h shall not be respon sible for an y damage o r expense t hat may result from th e use of part s othe r than reco mmended p arts. T O NER CASS ETTE S ❐ RICOH T ONER CASSETTE TYP E 100 is reco mmende d f or t he best p erf orm- ance. ST AMP ❐ MARKE R TYPE 30 is recomme nded for th e best performan ce. PHOTO CONDUCTO R ❐[...]

  • Página 673

    ERRA T A [P70] W rong Correct In a new machin e, this set tin g is " On" In a n ew mach ine, this se tting is "O ff " Addition If you wish to turn th is featu re on, first insta ll the feature exp an der the n switch this featu r e on using fun ctio n 63 . [P171] Switch 06 Home positio n (*: Fact ory set tin g) W rong Digit Purp[...]

  • Página 674

    Errata [P70] W rong Correct In a new machin e, this set tin g is " On" In a n ew mach ine, this se tting is "O ff " Addition If you wish to turn th is featu re on, first insta ll the feature exp an der the n switch this featu r e on using fun ctio n 63 . [P171] Switch 06 Home positio n (*: Fact ory set tin g) W rong Digit Purpo [...]

  • Página 675

    ERRA T A AND ADDITIONAL INFO RMA TION [P88] A dd itio na l I nf orma tio n: Specifie d Ca sset te Se lect ion — Specified cassette select ion only allo ws print ing from th e Op tio nal Lowe r Casset te . Prin tin g fro m the Option al Removab le Casse tte (as sta te d in th e title) is not available. — Y ou d o not n eed to select the specif i[...]

  • Página 676

    [Pa g e 13 6, 18 3] Additional Inf ormation Aft er you set th e pa pe r in the remova ble cassette , make sure th e two side fe nces are flush with the paper — move in th e pape r guid es if ne cessa ry . [Pa ge 17 4, 205 ] Errata Memory Cap acit y: Sta ndard : 40 pages With 2 Mbyte memory: 207 pages With Mbyte me mory: 3 71 pages Mesured using a[...]

  • Página 677

    Quic k Reference Ca rd Function List: To access the functions below, press the function key, then enter th e function number. ✁ No Function 11 Polling Reception 12 Confidential Trans mis sio n 13 Transfer Requ est 14 Secured Po lling Tran smission 15 Free Polling Transmiss ion 21 Erasing Memory Files 22 Erasing Polling Recep tion Files 23 Erasing[...]

  • Página 678

    Basic Tran smission Procedur e Memory Transmiss ion Immediate T ranmission 1 Make sure that the mach ine is in stan db y mode. 2 Check th at the Memory indicato r is lit. If it is not lit, press MEMORY Check that the M emory indicato r is not Lit. If it is lit, press MEMO RY 3 Carefully p lace the d ocument in the feed er. 4 Select the contrast and[...]

  • Página 679

    Programming Quick Di al Speed Di al 1 Function 31 Yes Function 32 Yes 2 Press the Quick Dial Key that you wish to progr a m Inp ut the Speed Dial Co de that you wish to program 3 Enter the telephone number with the ten key pad 4 Press Yes 5 Input a lab el using the Quick Dial k eys then press Yes . Altern atively, to not pro gram a label ju st pres[...]

  • Página 680

    REPORT Automatically Printed Report SE TTIN GS ON/OFF DEFAULT Confidential File Report Use r Pa ram et er Sw itch 0 4 digit 0* ON Communication Fa ilure Report NOTE Error Report C ontact Service Technician ON File Rese rve Report (Memory Transmi ssion) User Parameter Switch 03 digit 2 OFF Communication Resu lt Report (Pollin g Recep tion ) User Par[...]

  • Página 681

    OPERA T OR’S MANUAL RICOH F AX3800L Read this manual carefully before you use this product and keep it handy for future reference. For safety, please follow the instructions in this manual.[...]

  • Página 682

    Optional Equipment Memory (F AX EXP ANSION TYPE10, F AX EXP ANSION TYPE20, F AX EXP ANSION TYPE40) Either a 1-Mbyte memory card, a 2-Mbyte memory card or a 4-Mbyte memory card can be ad de d. PC Printer Interface Kit (PRINTER INTERF ACE TYPE 200) This allows yo u to u se the machine a s a laser printer for an IBM 1 or comp atible person al comput e[...]

  • Página 683

    T able of Contents INTRODUC TION 1 WHA T DOES A F AX MACHINE DO? ............ .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ... 1 TELEPHONE LINE PRO BLEMS AFFE CT F AX COMMUNICA TION .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 1 SOME OF THE THINGS THA T THIS MACHINE CAN DO .. ...... ...... ........ ...... ... 2 HOW T O USE THIS MAN UAL 4 MANUAL OVER VIEW [...]

  • Página 684

    RECE IVING F AX MESS AGE S ........ .... .... .... .... .... ...... .... .... .... .... .... ...... .... .... .... 43 Selectin g the Reception Mode.... ...... .... ...... ...... .... ...... ...... .... ...... ...... .... ...... . 43 Receiving Fax Message s When There Is a Prob lem ..... ...... ...... .... ...... ...... . 44 TELE PHON E CAL LS .... [...]

  • Página 685

    File Mana gement .... ...... ...... .... ...... ...... .... ...... ...... .... ...... ...... .... ...... ...... .... ... 123 User Fu nction K eys ...... ...... ...... .... ...... ...... .... ...... .... ...... ...... .... ...... ...... .... ... 124 Print ing a File .. .... ...... ...... .... ...... ...... .... ...... ...... .... ...... ...... .... [...]

  • Página 686

    OPER A TING DIFFI CUL TIES ........ .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .... . 174 DISPLA Y ED ERROR ME SSAGES ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ... 178 ERROR CODES ..... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .... .[...]

  • Página 687

    DEALING WITH JUNK F AX MAIL ................................................................ 222 OTHER ITEM S T O PROGRAM A T YOUR LEISURE ........ .... .... .... .... .... .... ... 222 GLOSSAR Y 223[...]

  • Página 688

    W ARNING: This equipment has been tested and f ound to comply with the limits for a Class A digital de vice, pursuant to P ar t 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provi de reasonab le protectio n agains t harmfu l int er f er enc e when th e equi pmen t is ope rated in a com mercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and ca[...]

  • Página 689

    IMPOR T ANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS In addition to the warnings and cautions included in the text of this manual , please read and ob- serve the following safety ins tructions. 1. Read all of these ins tructions. 2. Save thes e instructions for later use. 3. Follow all warnings and cautions marked on the product. 4. Unplug this produc t from the wall o[...]

  • Página 690

    CER TIFICA TION LABEL Cer tification Label RICOH UNITECHNO CO. , LTD. Complies with FDA rad iation performan ce st andards, 21 CFR Subchapter J. 713 TSURUGASONE YASHIO-SHI SAITAM A-KEN JAPA N. M A N U F A C T U R E D : > P S <[...]

  • Página 691

    USA FCC Requirements 1. This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules. On the cover of this equipment is a label that cont ains, among other information, t he F CC registration number and ringer equivalence number (RE N) for this eq uipmen t. If reque sted, t his information mu st be provided t o the telephone company . 2. This equipment us[...]

  • Página 692

    Thank you f or p urchasi ng this p roduc t. Th is multi-funct ion of fice mach ine of f ers a wide r a ng e of f ax, cop i er , printer , and con veni e nce f eature s. WHA T DOES A F A X MACHINE DO? When you write a letter , you nor mally seal it in an env elope, attach a stamp , and post it in the nearest mail box. Then, in a fe w days, depending[...]

  • Página 693

    SOME OF THE THINGS THA T THIS MACHINE CAN DO. Sending a F ax to More Than One Location See page 22. Network Feature (T ransfer Request) See page 50. Restricting A ccess to the Machine See page 66. Quick Dial, Speed Dial, and Group Dial See page 209. Confidential Communication See pages 60 and 80. Sending at a Specific Time See page 34. SOME OF THE [...]

  • Página 694

    Programming K e ystrokes See page 55. A uto Document (sends a commonly transmitted page with one touch) See page 62. A uthor ized Reception (cuts out junk f ax mail) See page 89. Batch T ransmission See page 78. Sending by a Specific Time See page 35. Protection against Wrong Connections See page 76. F orwarding See page 92. INTR ODUCTION INTRODUCT[...]

  • Página 695

    MANUAL OVER VIEW Y our f acsimil e machi ne i s equipp ed wi th a wide r ang e of l abor -sa ving and cost-s aving f eatures. Th is manual explains eac h of th ese features, and how you can put them t o use . Note that the e xternal appear ance of the machine in som e illustrations ma y be slightly diff erent from the actual machine. The manual con[...]

  • Página 696

    CONVENTIONS The f ollowing conv e nt ions were used whe n writing this manual. Keynames These hav e be en pr inte d in a bo ld typ eface. F or e xample: When y ou se e a com ma nd in b old such as " St a rt " means "P r ess the Sta r t k ey on the operatio n pa nel". If y ou see som ething lik e " # x 3 ", this mea ns [...]

  • Página 697

    Most proced ures star t fro m st andby mode, that is , when the displa y is as sho wn on th e r ight. The v alue after " " shows ho w much memor y spa c e is remaining. Note: If y ou start a pro cedure and d o not enter a n ything a t the oper atio n pane l f or more than 3 minutes, the machine retur ns to standby mode. Symbol s The text [...]

  • Página 698

    WARNING: Do n ot atte mpt an y mainte nance or trou blesho oting other than that ment ioned in this manual. This machin e contain s a las er beam ge nerat or and dire ct expo sure to lase r beams ca n ca use permane nt eye damag e. POWER AND GROUNDING P a y attention to the f ollowing. Power Supply 1. P ower requiremen ts: 115 V , 60 Hz 2. In ser t[...]

  • Página 699

    COLD WEA THER POWER-UP A vo id r ai si n g th e roo m t em p er atu r e ab rupt ly when it is below 57 ° F , or c ond ensat ion may f o r m inside the machin e. 1. Raise the r oom t emper atur e to 6 8 ° F at less than 18 ° F per hour . 2. W ait for 30 to 60 minutes. 3. T ur n the po w er on. Do not use the mac hine near a humidifier . THUNDERST[...]

  • Página 700

    COPY P APER ❐ 16 to 24 lb . cop y paper is re commend ed: letter or leg al siz es are the m ost commonly u sed. ❐ Do not us e damp paper , o r copies will be d ef e ctive . ❐ Do not touc h cop y pape r if y our finge rs are wet or oily; fing er prints ma y appear on the co py . ❐ K eep paper in a vinyl bag if it will not be used f or a long[...]

  • Página 701

    GENERAL ❐ Read t he I mpor tant Safety Inf orma tion at the fron t of this manual. ❐ Since som e parts of the machine ar e supp l i ed wit h hi g h v oltage , ma k e sure that you do not att empt any repairs or atte mpt to acce ss any par t of the machine e xcept thos e de scr ibed in this manual. ❐ Do not mak e modifi cat i on s or re pl a c[...]

  • Página 702

    MAIN BODY 1 Document T ab le 2 Document Guide 3 Operation P anel 4P o w e r S w i t c h 5 Document T ra y 6 P aper cassette 7 Optional P aper F eed Unit 8C o p y T r a y 9 Optional Remov abl e Cassette GUIDE T O COMPONENTS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 GUIDE T O COMPONENTS 11[...]

  • Página 703

    1. Commu nicating Indicator Lights when a f ax message is being transmitted or received Receive File Indicator Lights when an incoming message was received into memory . Blinks when confidential reception file or memor y lock file is stored in the memor y . Check Disp lay Indicator Lights when some error occurs. See the ins truction appearing on th[...]

  • Página 704

    2. Display Displays prompts, w arnings, and selected modes. Stamp Key Pr ess to enable or disable the tramsmission.scanning v erification s tamp f eature. Funct ion Key Press to use one of the numbered functions explained in this manual. Y es/No Ke ys Use to answer questions on the displa y . Scroll K ey When an arro w is shown on the display , use[...]

  • Página 705

    OPERATION PANEL G UIDE TO CO MPON ENTS 14[...]

  • Página 706

    SENDING A F AX MESSAGE Precautions Concerning Unacceptable Document T ypes Bef ore you send your docume nt, make su re th at it me ets t he f ollowing requireme nts. CAUTION: Documents that do not me et th ese req uirem ents c an ca use y our machine to ja m or may cause some compo nents of the ma chine to bec ome damag ed or d irty. ❐ The par t [...]

  • Página 707

    P ag e Condition Do not place dama ged pages in the automa tic do cument f eeder . Originals that co ntain the f ollo wing m aterials sh ould no t be p laced in the docume nt f eeder . Mak e co pies o f these original s and sca n the copies . Note: Copie s made with a copier that us es silicone oil may cause a misf e ed. T o av o id this, do not s [...]

  • Página 708

    T ransmission Procedure at a Glance Overview There are tw o wa ys to se nd a f ax message . ❐ Immediat e T r ansmis sion ❐ Memor y T ransmission Immediate T ransmission Immedi ate T ransmission is con venie nt w hen: ❐ Y ou wis h to se nd a m essage immedi ately . ❐ Y ou quic kly wish to chec k whether y o u ha ve successf ully con necte d [...]

  • Página 709

    Memor y T r ansmission Memor y T ransmiss ion is conv enient be cause: ❐ F ax messages can be scanned much more quic kly (yo u can tak e yo ur document awa y from the f ax machine without waiting too long). ❐ While y our f ax message is being sent , anot her u ser can oper ate the m achine (people will not hav e to wait b y the f ax ma chine to[...]

  • Página 710

    Parallel Memory T ransmission With this f e ature the ma chine can ca ll destinations while scanning docu ments. Compar e d w it h normal Me m ory T ransmissio n wher e th e m a chin e call s on ce al l the docum e nt s ha ve be en stor e d, it is qu i c k to v e rify whet her a conn ect ion has been m ade o r not . Additio nally , as sc ann ing fi[...]

  • Página 711

    Sending to Just One Location 1. Mak e su re that the machin e is i n stan db y mode: The disp la y on the oper ation pane l mu st be a s sho wn on the ri ght. 2. Carefu lly pl ace y our f ax message f ace down into t he aut o do cument feeder . Note: Y ou can dia l wit ho ut p lacin g th e message in the f eeder first . Place th e docume nt after y[...]

  • Página 712

    3. Dial in one of the f ollowing w a ys. a) T en K ey P ad b) Quick Dial c) Speed Dial d) Handset ✬ ✬ Only if the telephone handset is installed. If your mac hine is behind a PBX, dial the access code, then a pause, then the telephone number. For an international number, pr ess the Pause key after entering the country code. 4. Sta rt. 5. The ma[...]

  • Página 713

    Sending to More Than One Location (B roadcasting) 1. Make sure th at t he mac hine is in st andby mode (see page 2 0). 2. Make sure that the Memor y indicator is lit. If it is not, press Me mory . 3. Place y our f ax message f ace do wn in to the f eeder . ❐ Y ou c an dial without placing the message in the feeder first. Place the document after [...]

  • Página 714

    If your mac hine is behind a PBX, dial the access code, then a pause, then the telephone number. For an international number, plac e a pause after the country c ode. To input a pause, press the Pause key. 5. Ye s . 6. Eith er ❐ Dial anot her numb er : Go to s tep 4 . ❐ Press St art . The machine will dial the first destination (or , if y ou sel[...]

  • Página 715

    Possible Problems Y ou want to take out the document Open t he scann er , and ta k e out the do cument . CAUTION: Do not pull o ut the d ocumen t without open ing the s cann er, or yo u will damage the mach ine. Y ou want to send more than 30 pages While the la st pa ge is be ing f ed in, pl ace mo re pa ge s (up to 30) i n th e f eeder . Y ou made[...]

  • Página 716

    The b uzzer is ri nging The ot her p ar ty wishes to spe ak with you. P roceed as s hown be low . If th e othe r par ty’ s lin e is busy , your ma- chine will dial aga in. If the othe r par ty’ s f ax machine an s wers, both machines will connec t and yours will send the messa ge . TIP: If your li ne goes t hrough a local sw itchbo ard (a P BX)[...]

  • Página 717

    Sending a Page with V ery Fine Detail Y ou ma y wish to se nd ma ny different ty pes of fax messag e. So me of thes e may be di fficult to reprod uce at the other end. Ho we ver , y our machine has th ree settin gs that y ou can adju st to h elp y ou tra nsmit y our do cument w ith the be st possi ble image qu ality . If you are not sure whet her y[...]

  • Página 718

    Contrast The te xt and diag r am s in y our do cument m u st sta nd out clearly from th e pa pe r they are writ ten on. If your docume nt h as a dar ker background tha n no r mal (for e xample, a newspaper clipping), or if the writing is f aint, adjust the contrast. There a re three grad es. Normal: Suitable f or most documents Darken: Use f or doc[...]

  • Página 719

    Selecting the Halftone T ype This mod el ha s tw o types of Halfton e: the Di th er Pr o c ess an d th e hi g he r qua l i ty Error Dif fusi on Pro cess. T o chan ge th e curren tly u sed H alfto ne typ e, perf orm t he f ollow i n g pr o c ed ur e . 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 an d Ye s . 2. Ye s . The sett in gs f or sw i t ch 00 ar e no w shown on[...]

  • Página 720

    Home Position Setting Adjustments F or the cont r ast, reso l ut ion , an d ha l ft on e , y ou can sele ct w heth er th e set ti n gs retur n to home p ositi on at th e end of tra nsmiss ion (i n a n ew machine, they do). Also , you can cha nge th e ho me pos itions of thes e settin gs. If y o u ne ed oth er ad j ust m en ts , contact a service re[...]

  • Página 721

    4. If you wis h to chan ge o ne o f the set tings, pre ss t he key on th e te n key pad th at corre sponds t o the digit that yo u wi sh to ch ange . Examp le: 3 from the t en k ey pad . The v al u e o f d i git 3 chan ge s . 5. Finish: Ye s an d Function . SENDING A FAX ME SSAGE ROUTINE OPERATION 30[...]

  • Página 722

    Dialing with the T elephone Directory This can be do ne f or an y n um b er th at y ou ha ve st ore d as a Sp ee d Dial cod e w ith a labe l programmed for it. Example: Y o u wish to Dial "XYZ CO . LONDON". 1. Mak e su re that the machin e is i n stan db y mode. 2. Carefully p lace y our f ax message in to the auto do cum e nt f eeder . 3[...]

  • Página 723

    Optional Features for T ransmission When you make a routine transm ission , you can acce ss a f ew optional features. These options are only av ailable if " OPTION  " can be seen i n the top ri ght cor n er of the dis play . Personal Code P ersonal Cod es do the f ollowing. ❐ They allo w y ou to k eep trac k of machine usage (f or e [...]

  • Página 724

    If you input your P ersonal Code, your name will appe ar on the JOURNAL and T ransmission Result Repor t. 1. Press  and make sure that the display is as shown op pos ite. 2. Ye s . 3. Enter the pe r son al cod e Exam p l e: 7 3 6 2 4. Ye s . F or det ail s on ho w to pro g r am the P ersonal C od es an d th ei r La bels . See page 6 7, S toring [...]

  • Página 725

    Sending at a Specific T ime This f eature is calle d Send Later . Using this f eature, y ou can instruct the machine to de la y transmission of y our f ax message until a later time, which you specify . This allows you to tak e advantage of off-p ea k teleph one line ch arges with out having to be by the machine at the time. CAUTION: If your machin[...]

  • Página 726

    Sending by a Specific T ime (TRD) This f eature is calle d T ransmissi on Deadline . If your messag e has to be sent to th e othe r end before a cer tain time, use the T ransmission Deadline o ption and input this d eadline. If the line is busy , the machine will redial at set inter vals either until the message gets thro ugh or un til th e dead li[...]

  • Página 727

    Printing the Page Number (Immediate T ransmission or Parallel Memory T ransmission only) This f eature is calle d P age Count . When your f ax message is printed at the othe r end, pa ge numbers will be printed on the top of ea ch pa ge . Using the P age Count f eature , you can select the f ormat in whic h the page numbers are p rin ted. If y ou u[...]

  • Página 728

    Sending Y our Identification at the T o p of Y our Message Nor mally , t he TTI p rogrammed in your mach ine is pr int ed at th e top of each o f the page s y ou tr ansmi t wh en th e y are receiv ed at th e o th er e nd . The top of th e image will be ov er pr inted if there is no marg in at the top of the transmitted page. In some cases, yo u ma [...]

  • Página 729

    Sending Quickly Procedure If y ou do not wish t o store the f a x message in memory bef ore sending it ou t, use the f ollo win g pr o c ed ur e . ❐ The adv antages a nd dr a wbac ks of Immedi a te T ransm issi on a nd Me m ory T ran smi ssion are discussed on pa ge s 17 and 18 . 1. Make sure that the ma chine is in s tandby mo de (se e page 20).[...]

  • Página 730

    Immediate T ransmission as Y our First Choice The def ault mode of y our machine is Mem o r y T ran smi ssion . If yo u w ish , y ou can chan ge this home posit ion to Immedia te T ran smission . The pr ocedure is a s f ollo ws (see page 184 if y ou ne ed mo re inf ormation about the User P aramet er set ti n gs ad j ust m en t pr o ced ur e ) . 1.[...]

  • Página 731

    Using the Stamp Press the Stamp k ey to achie ve th e tr ansmission v er ification stamp .When the Stamp in dica to r is lit, t he machi n e sta m ps a sm all m ark on the bo tt om of each page . During memor y transm issi o n, the stam p indi ca te s tha t th e pa ge w as successfully st ored. F or immediate transmissio n, it sho ws that the page [...]

  • Página 732

    Redialing If a messa ge was not trans mitte d succ e ssfu lly , that does not mea n that you hav e to enter the telephon e number a gain. In many cases, the machin e will redia l the destination automatically . Or , with the Redia l ke y , you can redial with just a f e w keys t r o kes . Automatic Redialing The machine will automatically red ial t[...]

  • Página 733

    Using the AI Redial Key The machin e r em e m be rs t he last 10 tel e ph on e n u m be r s t ha t y ou input. If y ou ha v e to r ed i al on e of these n u m be r s , just pre ss the AI R ed ial k ey , until the required teleph one number o r name is disp la y ed, then pres s th e Star t key . This f eature has the f ollowing uses. ❐ If the ma c[...]

  • Página 734

    RECEIVING F AX MESSAGES Selecting the Reception Mode There are tw o wa ys to set up yo ur mach ine to receiv e f a x messages . ❐ A uto Receive Mode ❐ Manual Receive Mode Press th e rece pt ion mode key to s witch be tween the mode s. Auto Receive Mode This mode is selected when the A uto Receiv e indicator is lit. Inco ming fax es are rec eive[...]

  • Página 735

    1. The machin e r in gs continuo us ly until you answ er the call. Pick up the hand set. 2. If you hear a voice from t he oth er en d, sp eak in reply . If you he ar a tone e ver y f e w seconds, the other e nd is a f ax te r minal. Note: Remove any docume nt s that are in the f e ed er . 3. If th e per son at the ot her e nd wis hes to send y ou a[...]

  • Página 736

    Switching Substitute Reception On or Off There a re two c ond itions under wh ich you ma y wish to d isable this f eature. ❐ If you do not like ke eping rece ived f ax messa ge s in memor y: After your machine has receiv ed a f ax message to me mor y , it sends an OK signal t o the other end . Howe ver , if something ha ppen s to your machine and[...]

  • Página 737

    TELEPHONE CALLS A han dset is requ ired t o e x ecut e th e pro cedure s in t his s ection. Y ou can use your f ax mach ine for dialing in the same way as you would us e a telephon e. This is useful wh en calling f ax machines that are usu ally kept in Manual Receive Mode, as w ell as f or telephone c onv e rsation s. ❐ Y ou can dia l using Quick[...]

  • Página 738

    Using the Handset Using th e f ax machine ’ s built-in or optional ha ndset , you can use the f ax machin e in the sa me wa y as a no r ma l telephon e. Pick up the han dset an d dial on th e f ax machine’ s ten-ke y pad (or use a Quick Dial K e y or Speed Dial Cod e if y ou wish). 1. Pic k up th e ha nd set . 2. Dial. See page 21 for ho w to d[...]

  • Página 739

    Answering the T elephone If the telephone rings just once: A f ax is coming in. Do no t pick up the h andse t. If the telephone rings continuously: 1. Pic k up th e ha nd set and spea k to th e ot her party . If you hear a hig h-pitch ed t one, a fax is coming in. Press St art then ha ng up. 2. If the caller w ants to se nd y ou a f ax, press St ar[...]

  • Página 740

    6. Replace th e hand set . Do not replac e th e hand set if you wish to sp eak t o the othe r par ty ag ain. When y o ur machin e emits a tone , press S top then speak. Speaker and Buzzer V olume Adjustments Y o ur ma chin e ha s a built in spe aker . Wi th th is s peaker , you c an l iste n to th e telephon e line without picking up the ha ndset. [...]

  • Página 741

    TRANSMISSION T ransfer Request T ransf er Request helps y ou sa ve cost s when y ou send the same messag e to more th an one p lace i n a dist ant a rea . Y ou send y our message once , t o a machin e ref erred to as a T r ansf er S tation. In tu r n, this machin e send s on th e messag e to loc al machin es (referred to as End Re ceivers). Af ter [...]

  • Página 742

    Cross-reference: Quick Dial and Speed Dial: see pages 209 and 211. Groups: see page 210. ID Code: s ee page 52. Bef ore y ou can star t to se t up t ransf er request, there are so me ite ms that y ou hav e to program in your machine. Thes e are as follo ws. ❐ Y our F ax Machin e’ s Own T elephone N um b er ❐ The ID Code Storing your Machine?[...]

  • Página 743

    Storing t he ID Code Bef ore programming the ID Code, confer with other users in your f ax networ k to agree on a n ID Code. This is beca use communications us ing ID Codes will fail if the c ode s are not the same. The ID Code ca n be a ny f our-d igit co de (usi ng digit s 0 t o 9 an d lette rs A t o F), e xcept 0000 and FFFF . In addit i on to t[...]

  • Página 744

    Programming the ID code T o s tore an ID Code, do the follo wing. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 an d Ye s . 2. Press  until th e op posi te d isplay ap- pears. 3. Ye s . 4. In pu t the ID Code that y ou will be using. Exam ple: 4 3 6 3 ❐ Do not use 0000 or FFFF . 5. Ye s and Function . Editing the ID Code If y ou want to cha nge th e ID cod e, do [...]

  • Página 745

    3. Function 1 3 and Ye s . 4. Input the tele ph on e n u m be r of th e tr ans- f er broadcast ing stat ion, then pres s Ye s . ❐ This machine must be of the same manuf acturer as yours, and it must be able to act as a T ransfer Station. 5. In put th e de stin ations f or this transfer broa dcas ter . Y ou must us e Quick Dials, Spe ed Dia ls, or[...]

  • Página 746

    Programming Keystrokes Overview If you regularly transmit to a particular destination or set of destinations using the same features, you can save a lot of repetitive keypad operation by storing the features and destinations in a Keystroke Program. Keystroke Programs are stored as Quick Dial Keys. ❐ If you store a Keystroke Program into a Quick D[...]

  • Página 747

    Storing a Keystroke Program 1. Make sure that the machine is in standby mode (see page 20). READY 100% 10:00 SET DOC. OR DIAL NO. 2. Place a sheet of paper in the feeder. ❐ Skip step 2 if you are making a Polling Reception program. TRANSMIT OPTION k DIAL FAX NUMBER 3. Select all required features (such as T ransfer Request) and telephone num - be[...]

  • Página 748

    Labeling a Program If you store a label for your keystroke programs, the label will appear on the display when you use the program. 1. Function 3 4 and Yes . If you press k and Start, a Program List will be printed. n t QUICK/ j k PRINT LIST j / SEARCH k 2. Press the Quick Dial key that holds the program that you wish to label. Example: 01 of the Q[...]

  • Página 749

    Using a Program Before using a program, make sure that the machine is in standby mode (see page 20 for details). T ransmission Program 1. Place your document in the feeder. TRANSMIT OPTION k DIAL FAX NUMBER 2. Press the programmed Quick Dial Ke y . ❐ The program begins at once, or at the later time specified by the program. Free Polling Reception[...]

  • Página 750

    Erasing a Program When you wish to delete a keystroke program, do the following. 1. Function 3 4 and Yes . n t QUICK/ j k PRINT LIST j / SEARCH k 2. Press the Quick Dial key that holds the program that you wish to erase, or scroll the Quick Dial using j and k . Example: 08 of the Quick Dial Ke y . n 08 CHANGE? Y/ j k USED AS PROGRAM 3. Press Yes. n[...]

  • Página 751

    Sending Confidential Messages Overview This feature is called Confidential T ransmission . Use this feature if you do not want your message to be picked up casually by anybody at the other end. The message will be stored in the memory at the other end. It will not be printed until an ID known as the Confidential ID is entered. Note : ❐ The machin[...]

  • Página 752

    If the intended receiver has a Personal Code with a Confidential ID stored with it, you can override the receiving machine’s ID with that Confidential ID. Then: ❐ The receiver can print the message by inputting the Confidential ID that is stored with that person’s Personal Code. ❐ The intended receiver will also be informed personally by a [...]

  • Página 753

    3. Enter the Confidential ID that you wish to use for this message. Example: 2 5 6 7 of the ten key pad and press Yes . SET OPTION Y/N ID:2567 4. Dial and press Start . Storing an Often Used Document (Auto Docoment) Overview If you often find that you have to send a particular page to people (for example, a map, a standard attachment, or a set of i[...]

  • Página 754

    Storing an Auto Document 1. T ake the document that you want to be an Auto Document and place it into the feeder. TRANSMIT OPTION k DIAL FAX NUMBER 2. Function 3 5 and Yes . n t QUICK/ /j k PRINT LIST j /SEARCH 3. Press the Quick Dial Key that you wish to store the Auto Document in. Example: Quick Dial Key 08 . n 08 PROGRAM? Y/ j k 4. Yes . n 08 Y/[...]

  • Página 755

    Using an Auto Document 1. Make sure that the machine is in standby mode (see page 20). 2. If you wish to attach a fax message to your Auto Document, place the fax face down into the feeder. TRANSMIT OPTION k DIAL FAX NUMBER 3. Press the Quick Dial Key that contains the Auto Document that you need. Example: 08 of the Quick Dial Ke y . TRANSMIT OPTIO[...]

  • Página 756

    Erasing an Auto Document If you wish to delete an Auto Document, do the following. 1. Function 3 5 and Yes . n t QUICK/ j k PRINT LIST j /SEARCH k 2. Press the Quick Dial Key that contains the Auto Document that you wish to erase. Example: 08 of the Quick Dial Ke y . n 08 CHANGE? Y/ j k USED AS AUTO DOC. 3. Yes . n 08 Y/N PROGRAM LABEL? 4. No . n 0[...]

  • Página 757

    Restricting Access to the Machine Overview When your machine arrives from the factory and is installed for the first time, anybody can use it. However, using a system of Personal Codes, the machine can be set up to prevent unauthorized persons from using the machine. The necessary procedures are given in the following sections. ❐ Programming the [...]

  • Página 758

    Each user can be given a Personal Code. While programming, you can store the following items with each Personal Code: ❐ A name: This will be printed on reports, such as the JOURNAL, to identify the users of the machine. ❐ A Confidential ID: This must be different for each Personal Code, and different from your machine’s Confidential ID. If so[...]

  • Página 759

    6. Input a name for this Personal Code using the Quick Dial keys or the ten key pad. Example: JOHNSON How to enter the label; see page 182 . PERSONAL ABC Y/N JOHNSON tttttttttttt ❐ If you so not wish to store an ID: No . Go to step 8. 7. Store the name: Yes . Either : ❐ If you want to program the Confiden - tial ID for this user: Press Yes . An[...]

  • Página 760

    7. Either: ❐ Edit the Confidential ID stored with this code; press Yes then input the ID. When the ID is correct, press Yes . 8. Either: ❐ Enter or edit another code: Go to step 2. ❐ Finish: Function . Switching Restricted Access On Restricted Access allows you to keep a closer track of machine usage, and deters passers-by from casually using[...]

  • Página 761

    Operating the Machine with Restricted Access Switched On If you have switched Restricted Access on, the display is as shown below when the machine is in standby mode. Before you can use the machine, you must enter your personal code that you have already registered in the machine. See page 66 for how to store Personal Codes. READY 100% 10:00AM PERS[...]

  • Página 762

    T onal Signals On this model the ✽ key on the ten keypad is used as the T one ke y. Some organizations offer you a special service by telephone, which you can access by transmitting T ouch tone or DTMF tones. If your phone service provides only pulse dialing, or if you are calling over a digital network, the ability to generate T onal Signals wil[...]

  • Página 763

    Dialling with the Dial Option Key 1 Set the Document. READY 100% 10:00AM SET DOC. OR DIAL NO. 2 Enter the number. TRANSMIT Y/START 5551234 3 Press Quick 29 and Yes . TRANSMIT Y/START 5551234S llllllllll 4 Enter the subaddress. TRANSMIT Y/START 5551234S9999 llllll 5 Press Quick 29 and Yes . TRANSMIT Y/START 5551234S9999P llllll 6 Enter the selective[...]

  • Página 764

    Storing Part of a Number This feature is called Chain Dialing . It allows you to compose a telephone number from various parts, some of which may be stored as Quick Dial Keys or Speed Dial Codes, and some of which may be input at the keypad. For example, you can program commonly used area or country codes into Speed Dial Codes or Quick Dial Keys. T[...]

  • Página 765

    Printing Your Personal Identification at the Other End This feature supplements the TTI. It uses the Personal Code and the Quick Dial or Speed Dial Label to inform the other party who is sending the message, and state who the message is for. T o use this feature, you must: ❐ Switch Label Insertion on for each Quick Dial and Speed Dial that you wi[...]

  • Página 766

    Closed Network (T ransmission) This f eature hel ps to stop y ou fro m accide nt al ly sen din g a f ax message to a terminal th at is outsid e y o ur f ax netw ork. The ID Codes of the communicat ing machin es are ch eck ed. If they are not the same, th e communica tion is stop ped. If you are intereste d in this f eature, chan ge the user pa rame[...]

  • Página 767

    Protection Against W rong Connections This f eature pr e v ents th e au to m at i c s witching equ i pme nt in the tel e ph on e netw ork from a ccidental ly con necting you to th e wron g f ax terminal. Howe ver , it do es not he lp you if y ou dialed the wrong number yourself. So , e ven if this f e ature is s wit ched on, y ou should still check[...]

  • Página 768

    ECM (Error Correction Mode) and Page Retransmission ECM is a sig naling system that g reatly reduces t he chance of data being lost beca us e of a bad te lepho ne line. ECM is useful if you freque ntly communic ate ov er poor telep hone lines. With ECM s witche d on, the communication cost will increase if the line is bad, but the data will be sent[...]

  • Página 769

    Batch T ransmission Overview This f e ature will sa v e communication costs if you often send more than one message to the same locat ion . Exam ple: If v arious people in y our office send messag es t o t he T okyo br an ch o ff i ce , sending all these messag es on sepa r at e calls can be e xpensiv e . It is cheaper to send them all t oget her o[...]

  • Página 770

    Changing the Batch T ransmission On/Of f In a new machine, this sett ing is "On" . If you wish to ch ange t his s etting, u se the f ollowing proce dure. (Se e pa ge 184 if you ne ed mo re inf orma tion about the User P aram et er set ti n gs ad j ust m en t pr o ced ur e ) . 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 an d Ye s . 2. Ye s . 3. The settings[...]

  • Página 771

    RECEPTION Receiving Confidential Messages Overview This f eature is calle d Confidenti al Rece ption . If the ot her pa r ty sent you a messa ge usin g Confide ntial T ransmission , the message is st or e d in th e m e mory , and n ot pri nt ed. The "Receiv e File" indicat or on th e op eration pa nel blinks to in f or m you when a con fi[...]

  • Página 772

    Storing a Confidential ID This ca n be any f our-digit co de (us ing d igits 0 to 9). It must be used to p rin t any confidentia l messages that y our machine has receiv ed. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 an d Ye s . 2 . Press  until the scree n i s as sh o wn oppo - site . 3. Ye s . 4. In pu t the Confidentia l ID that you will be using. Exam ple[...]

  • Página 773

    Printing a Confidential Fax Message If the Receiv e File indicator is b linking, do the f ollowing to print the message. 1. Function 5 5 and Ye s . 2. Input the ID . Examp le: 6 7 5 4 from the ten ke y pa d. If you can not outp ut a conf identi al file with this ID , you have input the wron g ID or th e s ender may hav e ov er-ridden you r I D . Co[...]

  • Página 774

    Confidential File Report This report inf o rms you when a conf ide nt ial m essage has be en recei v ed. Y ou can store a sepa r at e Confi d en tia l ID wit h each of the P ersonal C od es . If the send er of the mess ag e uses Confident ial ID Override, the send er can sp ecify one of these IDs. If so , the Con fid en tial File Repor t will conta[...]

  • Página 775

    Locking Incoming Messages (Memory Lock) Overview If Memor y Lock is s witched on, the machine will not pr int any incoming f ax messages. They will be kept in memor y until you enter the Memor y Lock ID that you pre viously stored in the ma chine. Mes sage s received by Confident ial Reception will not be pr inted when you inp ut the Memor y Lock I[...]

  • Página 776

    3. Ye s . 4. In pu t the Memor y Lo ck ID that you will be usin g. Example: 6 7 5 4 from the ten ke y pad. 5. Sto re the ID: Ye s and Function . Editing the Memory Lock ID 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 an d Ye s . 2 . Press  until the screen is a s show n opposite . 3. Ye s . 4. Ye s . 5. No and input a new number . 6. Ye s an d Function . Switch[...]

  • Página 777

    If you wish, you can prevent unidentified senders from sending you messages while Memory Lock is on. See page 88. Programming Special T erminals for Lock in Memory If you lik e to receive inf ormation from only se lect locations into Me mor y loc k, y ou can prog ram the R TI code s or CSI codes of t hose loca tions . A terminal sending an in comin[...]

  • Página 778

    6. Finish: Ye s and Functi on . List of Special Te r m i n a l s (Function 81) Memory Loc k on/off (Function 62) S witch 09 Digi t7 (Function 63) Result Empty On Either All messages are lock ed in memor y . Empty/Not empt y Off Either No messages ar e lock ed in memor y . Not empty On Listed Only messages from special ter minals are lock ed in memo[...]

  • Página 779

    Rejection of Messages from Unidentified Senders If y ou wish, y ou can mak e the mach ine reject incoming messa ges that require stor age to y our machine ’ s memo r y , if the y ar e not accomp anied w ith an iden tifi er suc h as th e R TI or CS I. Features th at would be affected a re Su bst itute Recept ion, Memory Loc k, an d Confi dentia l [...]

  • Página 780

    Authorized Reception Overview This f eature helps you to reject ju nk f ax mail. It lets you specify which ter minals you wish to receiv e f ax messa ge s from; all othe rs will be shut out. T o authoriz e recept i on fr om a pa r ticula r send er: ❐ Swit ch A uthoriz ed Recep ti o n on . (Function 62 ) ❐ Specif y the sender s w ho se m essage [...]

  • Página 781

    Cross-references: RTI and CSI: see page 205. Journal: see page 137. Wild Cards: see page 102. Switching Authorized Reception On/Off Bef ore y ou use A uthor ized Receptio n, you hav e to switch it on usin g Funct ion 62. If it is swit ched off , the machine will accept any incoming f ax message. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 2 and Ye s . 2. Scro ll throu[...]

  • Página 782

    3. Press  until the settings f or s witch 08 are sh own. The sett in g th at yo u ne ed t o cha ng e is digi t 3 (D o ub le underlin ed). 4. Set a s sho wn op posite . Press 3 on the ten ke y pa d to chan ge the set ting of di git 3. If y ou want to accept all incoming messages from the s pecial ter mi- nals. [...]

  • Página 783

    Forwarding Overview Using this f eature, y ou can send f ax messages coming in from cer tain locations on to an ot he r f ax machin e . The terminals th at r ece iv e you r f orward ed m essa ge s are called "forw arding te r minals" . If other f ax mac hin es in your organiz a tion hav e this feature, y ou can use F orw arding to set up [...]

  • Página 784

    ❐ Select whet her or not y our m ach i ne tr ansmi ts a f orward i ng mark to be pri nt ed at the oth er end on the top of ea ch page of the pr int out. If the R TI/CSI of the m ach ine send ing y o u a f ax is not the sam e as an y of thos e that you hav e programmed into this f eature, the message will not be f o rwarded. Cross-references: RTI [...]

  • Página 785

    5. T ype in an R TI or CS I. How to ente r charac ters, see page 7. 6. Ye s . 7. Eith er : ❐ St ore this R TI as a wild card: Ye s ❐ Otherw i se: No 8. Eith er : ❐ If you want t o sto re an othe r R TI/CSI, press Ye s and go to step 5. ❐ Otherwis e: No and go to ste p 9. 9. Eith er : ❐ Sto r e an ot her f orw a r di n g stati o n; go to s[...]

  • Página 786

    5. E i t h e r : ❐ T o add R TIs/CSI s to this number : In- put an R TI/CSI an d press Ye s . T h e n go to st ep 7 . ❐ T o edi t RTI’ s/CS I’ s al loca ted to this num be r : press  until the RTI/CSI you wish to edit ap pears. Then pre ss Ye s . Go to s tep 6. 6. Eith er : ❐ Edit the RTI/CSI and pre ss Ye s . Then go to ste p 7. ❐ T[...]

  • Página 787

    Switching Forwarding On/Off Bef ore you use F orwarding, you hav e to s witch it on using Function 62. If it is s wit ched off , the machin e will not forw ard any incoming f ax messages. After y ou s witch F orw ading on, is displa yed on the operation pa nel when t he machin e is in stan dby mode. Note: F orward ing ca nnot b e s witched on if Me[...]

  • Página 788

    Selecting which messages to forward Y ou ha v e to select one of the f ollo w i ng tw o thing s . ❐ F orw ard all incoming messag es from specif ied senders . or ❐ F orw ar d all inco ming messag es e x cept tho se fro m sp ecified se nders. 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 and Ye s . 2. Ye s . The sett in gs f o r s witch 00 are no w shown on the bo [...]

  • Página 789

    Switching Local Printing On/Off When y ou first s witch F orw a rdin g on , messa ge s that y o ur machine pa sses on are no t pr inted by your machine. If you tur n this fun ction on howe ver , they will be print ed. 1. Press Function and 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 using the ten keypad, then pr ess Ye s . 2. Press Ye s , then p ress  and  until the setti[...]

  • Página 790

    Specified Cassette Selection (Optional Lower Cassette Required) Overview This f e ature is only a v ailable if y our machine has the Low er Cassette. Using this f eature, y o u can select f ax messages from cer tain senders to be printed fro m a specified casse tt e . Exam ple: Put y ello w p ap er i n th e sp eci f i ed casse tt e . Then, me ssag [...]

  • Página 791

    Switching Cassette Selection On or Off Bef ore yo u can print messages fr om specified cassette , you h av e to s witch it on using Fun cti o n 62 . 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 2 and Ye s . 2. Scro ll throug h th e list of features with  until the screen i s as sh own oppo site. 3. Ye s . 4. Change the on/ of f set ting b y pressing  or  . 5. [...]

  • Página 792

    Choosing How to T reat the Special T erminals Y ou ha v e to select one of the f ollo w i ng tw o thing s ❐ Only me ssages to print usin g pape r from the specifie d cassett e or ❐ All message s e xcept t hose from special teminals . 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 an d Ye s . 2. Ye s . The settings f or s witc h 00 are now show n on the bo ttom line[...]

  • Página 793

    W ild Cards This feature greatly enha nces the e ff ectiveness of the following f e atures : ❐ A uthor ized Reception ❐ F orwarding ❐ Memor y Lock ❐ Multi Cop y ❐ Specified Cassette Se lection In each of th ese f eatur es, y ou ha ve to sto re th e R TI or C SI of v a rious terminals that y ou normally receiv e f ax messages from. Then, w[...]

  • Página 794

    Reverse Order Printing Nor mally , the mac hine pr ints the pages of rec eived messages in th e order that they w ere received uncollated. How e ver , with Rev erse Orde r Printing, the machine will collate the sequence by prin ting the message from the last page first collate d. This will make it easier to distr ibute the re ceived f a x messages,[...]

  • Página 795

    Multi-sort Document Reception Using this f eature, more than on e cop y of each incoming f ax message can be printed. Y ou ma y also choose to ha v e mo re th an o ne cop y from only select send ers. This f eature elimina tes th e e xtra steps ne eded to have someone ma ke photoco pies . F or e xamp le, if y ou s witch this f eature on ov er night,[...]

  • Página 796

    Switching Multi-sort Document On or Of f Bef ore y o u can ma k e multiple copies , yo u ha ve to s witch i t on usi ng Funct i on 62 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 2 and Ye s . 2. Scro ll throug h th e list of features with  until the screen i s as sh own oppo site. 3. Ye s . 4. Change the on/ of f set ting b y pressing  or  . 5. Finish: Ye s an[...]

  • Página 797

    1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 an d Ye s . 2. Ye s . The settings f or s witc h 00 are now show n on the bo ttom line o f the displ a y . 3. Press  until the settings f or s witch 08 are sh ow n. The settin g that you need to c ha nge is digit 1 (Double under lined ). Press 1 o f the ten ke y pad to ch ange the sett in g of digit 1. 4. Set a s sho wn[...]

  • Página 798

    Printing a Center Mark If y ou s wit ch thi s f eature on, a mark is p rinted ha lfw a y dow n each receiv ed page on the left han d side . This mak es it easy f or yo u to posit ion th e h ole pu ncher correctly when y ou file a w a y the receiv ed fa x messages . The center m ark is no t print ed wh en y ou use the machi n e f or making copies . [...]

  • Página 799

    Checkered Mark The mac hine p rin ts a che ck ered mark in the top left co r ner of the firs t page of received messages. Using this mar k, you can find the first page ea sily . This mak es it e asier f or y ou to sepa rate the m essages t hat are lying in the cop y tra y . T o switch this f e ature on or off , do the f ollowing. (See pa ge 184 if [...]

  • Página 800

    Reception T ime When you receive a mes sage, th e time is pr inted at the bo ttom of the page. Ho w e ver , this i s the ti m e at th e t ran sm i tt i ng en d o r pri nt i ng en d. T o chec k th e local time, you hav e to pr int the Jour na l. How e ver , if you s wit ch on Reception Time, the local time is also pr inted at the bottom of on each p[...]

  • Página 801

    T wo in One (Into 1) Received Message Printout P age 1 Half-letter size P age 2 Half-letter size P age 1 P age 2 Letter Size This f eature hel ps y ou conserve pa pe r . If the size of th e inco m ing pag e is half the size of the paper in the cassette, the machine will print out two pages on one shee t of pap er . In the example shown abov e, some[...]

  • Página 802

    Reducing the Page Length If the mach ine receives a page that is longer th an the pap er in the cas s ette, the machine red uce s the length of the receiv ed image so that it will fit on one page, if the image le ngth is within the f ollowing limits. P aper size in the cassette Maximum reducible incoming page length Letter (11") 14.4" Leg[...]

  • Página 803

    Closed Network (Reception) This f eature ma y help you to pre vent rece ption of e xcessi ve junk f ax mail. The ID Codes of the communicat ing machin es are ch eck ed. If they are not the same, th e communica tion is stop ped. Note: This f eature ma y not be reliab le if y ou are communicating with a termin al produc ed by a d ifferent manufacture[...]

  • Página 804

    Entering a List of Senders to T reat Dif ferently (Function 81: Special T erminals) Y ou can enter a li st of up to 50 i dent i fica ti o ns (R TI,CSI and W il d Car d s) f o r senders y ou wis h to trea t di f f erently . F or instance , f or each identifi ca tio n i n the list, y ou ha ve t he f ollowing options. ❐ A uthorized Recept ion: Y ou [...]

  • Página 805

    1 0 . Select whet her you set this R TI/CSI as the spec ial terminal f or auth orized r ecep- tion usin g  or  (if y es: ON, if n o: OFF). 11. Ye s . 12. Select whether you set this R TI/CSI as the special ter minal f or sp ecified Cas- sette Se lection using  or  (if yes: ON, if no: OFF). 13. Ye s . 14. E ither: ❐ T o prog r am anot [...]

  • Página 806

    9 . Select whethe r y ou make this R TI/CSI as the Special T e rmin al f or the Memor y Lock using  or  (if yes: ON, if no: OFF) . 10. Ye s . 11. Select whether you set this R TI/CSI as the special ter minal f or sp ecified Cas- sette Se lection using  or  (if yes: ON, if no: OFF). 12. Ye s . 13. Eit he r: ❐ T o ed it anot he r specia[...]

  • Página 807

    OTHER Calling to Request a Message (Polling) Overview P olling means "picking up" a docume nt that has been left f or you at a remote f ax terminal. Y ou can a lso le a v e a docume nt in y our mach i ne ’ s memo ry f or ot he r machin es to p oll fro m you. ❐ With polling, telepho ne line costs are charged to the person receiving the[...]

  • Página 808

    Leaving a Document to be Picked Up by Others (Polling T ransmission) Use P olling T ransmission when you wish to leav e a documen t in the memor y f or othe r s to pi c k up . Y ou ca nnot specify the telephon e number o f the po lling ter mina l (the ter mina l that you wish to poll your document ), but using the ID Cod e there are wa ys to mak e [...]

  • Página 809

    Note: If you see ALREAD Y INPUT ,y ou alre ady hav e a message o n F ree P olling Standby . ❐ T o cle ar the old message: Clear the o ld polling transmission file by Functio n 23 ( Se e pa ge 123 ) . And star t f rom th e ste p 1 ag ai n . Secured Polling 1. Place y our docum ent i n the f eeder . 2. Function 1 4 and Ye s . Note: If y ou hav e no[...]

  • Página 810

    5. Enter the ID code that y ou wish to us e f or this message . Examp l e: 2 5 6 7 from the ten key pad. Note: If y ou see you al r e ad y ha v e a message on Secure d P olling stan dby . ❐ T o era se th e ol d me ssag e: Clear the old polling file by Function 23 (See page 1 23). ❐ T o keep the old messa ge, repe at from th e s tep 3. 6. Ye s .[...]

  • Página 811

    Options for Polling T ransmission When you store a d ocument in memo r y for P ollin g T r ansmission, y ou also hav e the f ollowing options: ❐ P erson al Cod e: This is the sa me as for nor mal transmis sion (s ee page 32). ❐ P a ge Count: This is the same as f or nor mal transm is sion (se e page 36). ❐ TTI On/Of f: This is th e sa me as f[...]

  • Página 812

    Picking Up Messages Stored Elsewhere (Polling Reception) Use th is f eature when y ou wi sh to p oll a message from anot her t erminal. Y ou can poll do cum e nt s fr om m an y terminals w it h only on e oper a tion ( use Grou ps an d K e y stroke Pr ograms to ma ke the most o ut o f this f eature). Y ou hav e three options: F ree P olling, Secured[...]

  • Página 813

    Stored ID Overr ide Option This pro ced ur e o v errides the ID Code that is sto r ed in y o ur m ach i ne . The ov erri de is eff ective f or this operation on ly . If OPTI ON  is displa y ed: 1. Press  until th e s creen is a s sh own op- posite . 2. Ye s . 3. Enter the pass word th at y ou wish to use f or this operation. Examp le: 2 5 6 7[...]

  • Página 814

    File Management Ever y time you store a fax message in your machine’ s memo r y , a new file is create d. Each fil e is gi v en a numb er . T o see which f i les a r e cu rr en tly i n th e memor y , prin t a File List. Note: A new file is created f or each P olling T r ansmission, Substitute Reception , and Con fidentia l Recep tion also . Cross[...]

  • Página 815

    User Functi on Keys There a re two Fu ncti on keys (F1 and F2 ) on the operation pane l. Y ou ca n pro gram each o f th ese keys with a feature th at you wis h to u se freque ntly . ❐ Store a User Function Code i n the User Fu nction K eys . User Function Codes Y ou can prog r am ea ch of the User Funct i on K eys with on e of the f ollo w i ng f[...]

  • Página 816

    Using a Function Program 1. F1 2. Use the func tion as n or mal. Deleting a Function Program 1. Function 3 6 . 2. Press th e k ey that yo u wish to er ase . Examp l e : F2 3. Ye s , N o an d Ye s . Printing a File If y ou need t o see t he co ntents of an y of the files , us e thi s f eature . 1. Y ou can print these ki nd s of fil e : ❐ F ax mes[...]

  • Página 817

    Saving Energy T o print a f a x message y our f ax machine u ses a he ating r oller to fuse the im age to the pr int. Th is roller must alre ady be hot whe n the pape r passe s under it. T o maintain a temperature hig h enough to per mit prop er fus i ng, elec tr icity is consu med. This facsimile is equip ped with var ious en ergy s aving modes to[...]

  • Página 818

    Which Saving Energy Mode is Best For Y ou? Y ou ha v e tw o ch oice s: Y ou can l e t t he r ol le r coo l to r o om te m pe r atur e o r y ou can let it cool to th e midpo int. T o choose wh ich o f the two set tings you would pre f er , set the use r para meter s witch. When you allow the roller to cool to roo m temperature, energ y savings is at[...]

  • Página 819

    Night T imer Overview Lase r pr inting require s the a pplic ation of heat to bo nd to ner to the pr in ter paper . F or incoming me ssages to be ou tput q uickly , a he ating e lement inside the machine must be kept hot. This will aff ect y our electricity bills. The Nigh t Timer fe ature lets you pr ogram timers to switch this he ating ele ment o[...]

  • Página 820

    Switching the Night T imer On or Off The ni ght tim er f eat ure m ust be s witched o n usin g Functi on 62 . If it is s witche d off , the heating elements will sta y on all the time . 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 2 an d Ye s . 2. Scro ll throug h th e list of features with  and  until the scree n is as s hown opposi te. 3. Ye s . 4. Change the o[...]

  • Página 821

    6. Press  to move the curs or u nder the time. ∗ 7. In put th e time 0 9 0 0 f rom th e te n key pad. T o change AM t o PM and th e othe r wa y arou nd, press # . And pre s s Ye s . ∗ 8. Repeat fr om th e ste p 5 f or the seco nd timer . Press  to move the c ursor und er the time . ∗ And inpu t the time 0 6 0 0, fo r ex a mp l e , from [...]

  • Página 822

    Counters These co unters will he lp you if you wish to keep a re gular che ck on how many pages y our m ach i ne has sen t, re ceiv ed, and cop i ed . The machine has the f ollowing softw are counters: ❐ Tx (T ransmit) Counter: The numbe r of pa ge s tha t y o ur machin e ha s sent ❐ Rx (Receive) Counter: The numbe r of pa ge s t ha t y our mac[...]

  • Página 823

    Entering PC Printer Mode (Printer Interface Required) Using PC Printe r Mo de , y o u can conn ect y our f a x machine to an IBM or compa tible personal comp uters and us e it a s a p rin ter . Docume nts p rin ted from your computer will be sent to your f ax machine as te xt (ASCII char acters) or gr a ph i cs ( v ector or d ot i mag e), de pe ndi[...]

  • Página 824

    Dual Access Dual Access means th at e ven if the ma chine is a lready carrying out a t ask, y ou ma y be ab le to oper ate the mach ine. F or instance, if your machine is currently receiving a long f ax message, b ut you want to send a me ssag e an d go back to your des k witho ut h aving to wait by the machine , y ou can place y our m essage in th[...]

  • Página 825

    RDS (Remote Diagnostic System) Overview If y our machi ne has a pro ble m, a ser vice techni cian ca n perf or m v arious diagnostic tasks o v e r the teleph on e line from th e service station to tr y to find out what is wrong wit h your machine. Th e ser vice techn ician can als o use RDS to chan ge some of your machine ’ s settin gs if you req[...]

  • Página 826

    AI Short Protocol This f e ature emplo ys Ar tificial Intelligence (AI) to learn the communication characte ri s tics of th e machine s programmed as Sp eed Dials or Qu ick Dials . AI Shor t Protoc ol h elps you to redu ce c ommunication cost s bet ween mach ines prod uc ed by the same manuf acture r . AI Shor t Proto col on ly works if you dial us[...]

  • Página 827

    Copying If y ou need t o mak e a cop y of som ething , an d there is no copie r a vail ab le , use your f ax mach ine. Just pla ce your or igina l in t he feeder , an d pre ss the Copy k ey . Cop ying an origina l is a go od w a y to test con tr ast and resolut i on bef ore sen di n g a docume nt , i f y ou are not sure tha t th e set t in gs th at[...]

  • Página 828

    AUTOMA TICALL Y PRINTED REPOR TS The f ollo wi ng re po r ts are auto m at i call y pri nt ed out at th e appro pri at e ti m e . Journal Jour nal gives detail on each commun ication ma de by your te r minal. It is autom at i call y ou tput aft er a certain numbe r of com m unic a ti o ns . T r ansmission Result Report This r epor t is printed out [...]

  • Página 829

    Po wer F ai lure Rep ort This rep or t is printed i f th e m ach ine ’ s pow er w as off f or long enough to er ase th e memor y . The repor t giv es details of the files that were lost. With this inf or mation, y ou ma y store message s f or transmission again, and cont act the se nders of an y receiv e d message s that w ere lost. T ransfer Res[...]

  • Página 830

    Switching Reports On/Of f Some o f th ese re por ts ca n be switched on or of f . T o s witch a r epor t on or off , do the f ollow ing. (Se e page 184 i f y ou need m ore inf or matio n abou t the User P aram eter Setti ngs adju stment proce dure). 1. Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 3 and Ye s . 2. Ye s . The settings f or s witc h 0 are now show n on the bo[...]

  • Página 831

    Printing a Sample of Data on the Reports F or ref erence pu r p oses, the machin e pr ints the firs t f e w inches of the f ax message on the f ollowing repor t s. ❐ Communication Result Re por t ❐ File Reser v e Repor t ❐ P olling Cle ar Repor t ❐ Communication F ailure Repor t ❐ T ransf er Result Repor t ❐ P olling Confir ma tion List[...]

  • Página 832

    Report Formats Example 1. Err or Report The f ollo wing repo r t mean s that the m achine se nt f our pages b ut ther e w ere errors du rin g the first two pages. Example 2. JOURNAL *** ERROR REPORT (APR 28 1997 12:09PM) *** TTI XYZ COMPANY FILE PERS. NAME ADDRESS MODE TIME PAGE RESULT ---------------------------------------------------------------[...]

  • Página 833

    The f ollo wi ng pag es e xplai n th e symbo ls that ap pear i n certain columns of the repor ts. The Mode Column See the bottom of the JOURNAL f or a full listening of the symbols that are used on the JOURNAL. The Results Column OK: Successful Communicatio n E: An error occurred The Footnote on the JOURNAL TX coun ter : T otal number of transmitt [...]

  • Página 834

    User-Initiated Reports These repor ts ca n be pr inted at a ny time by e x ecut ing a proce dure on the oper a tion pa nel. Descriptions of A vailable Reports JOURNAL In addition to the automatic output of this repor t, you can print the JOURNAL at any time . 1. Press Function 4 1 and Ye s 2. Start . File List This is a list of memor y transmission[...]

  • Página 835

    Program List This giv es deta ils on th e K eystrok e Prog rams that y ou ha v e store d in the machine. 1. Press Function 4 4 and Ye s . 2. Start Personal Code List This is a lis t of t he P e rsonal Codes that you hav e store d, al ong with the names and C onfiden tial IDs . 1. Press Function 6 2 2 2 2 7 2 and Ye s . 2.  an d St art . Programm[...]

  • Página 836

    Quick Key Label List F ollow t hese steps to print out a label with the destination names/function names currently stored in Quic k Dials and User Function ke ys. Stick the label on the oper a ti o n pa ne l f or quic k and ea sy re f erence . 1. Press Function 3 1 and Ye s . 2.  an d Sta rt . Note: Remo v e t he t r an spa r en t she et fr om t[...]

  • Página 837

    REPLACING P APER ❐ When the Add P aper indicator ( ) o n the operatio n pane l is lit, the casset te is empty . 1. Slide the casse tte all th e wa y out, and plac e it on a large flat surf ace. CAUTION: To avo id drop ping the casse tte, ho ld it by the front and side wh ile pulling it out. 2. Bend th e ne w stac k of p aper a f ew time s. 3. Pus[...]

  • Página 838

    ❐ Do not fill up the cassette past the load limit mar ker . 5. Replac e th e casse tt e car e fu l l y . REPLACING TONER CASSETTE AND CLEANING P AD ❐ When the Add T oner indicator ( ) star ts to blink, t he to ne r casse tt e is almost empty . Y o u will be able to make 100 more copies bef ore you ha ve to change the toner cassette . ❐ When t[...]

  • Página 839

    3. Slide out the old ton er c asse tte. Note: Hold the casse tt e as th e w a y shown in the illustration. Do not sh ak e the ca ssette, or toner ma y spill out. WARNING: Do not in cine rate was te tone r. Toner dust may ign ite suddenly when expo sed to an op en fla me. 4. Shak e the to ue r casset te the n pu l l out the tr anspa r en t she et fr[...]

  • Página 840

    7. Install the ne w cle aning p ad. Match th e po sitio n of the ar ro w on the clea nin g pad wit h the arr o w on the inside th e mach ine . Note: Pu sh th e c leanin g pad un til y o u he ar it cli c king. Important: Do n ot f orge t to install the cleanin g pa d. If not in- stalled correct ly , dama ge ma y be caused to the ma- chine . 8. Close[...]

  • Página 841

    REPLACING THE ST AMP When th e mark made b y the v erification stamp be com e s pale , replace th e sta m p as described belo w . 1. Pull up t he scann er . 2. Replac e th e sta m p . If t weez er s are not a v ailab le, y ou ma y press the point of a pe ncil do wn v e r ticall y i nt o th e sta m p an d r emo ve it by lift ing str aight up . 3. Cl[...]

  • Página 842

    CHANGING THE P APER SIZE (OPTIONAL CASSETTE) 1. Pull out th e remo v able casse tt e . 2. Remov e the cov er of the cassette. 3. Push the paper u ntil it clicks . LOOKING AFTER THE MA CHINE LOOK I N G AF T ER TH E MACH I N E CHANGING THE PAPER SIZE (OPTIONAL CASSETTE ) 151[...]

  • Página 843

    4. Remov e the pa per . 5. Adjust the po si tio n of the bac k f ence . 6. Adjust the posi tio n of the sid e f ence . 7. Rotate the d ial un til the ap propriat e siz e appear s . 11 8 1 2 CHANGING THE PAPER SI ZE (OPTI ONAL CASSETTE) LO OK I N G A FT ER TH E MACH I N E 152[...]

  • Página 844

    8. Se t the pape r und er th e cor ners. 9. Se t the cover of the removab le casse tte. 10. Install th e r emo vab le cassette . LOOKING AFTER THE MA CHINE LOOK I N G AF T ER TH E MACH I N E CHANGING THE PAPER SIZE (OPTIONAL CASSETTE ) 153[...]

  • Página 845

    USER MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES T o ensure that y o ur f ax contin ue s to op er ate prop erly , some simple mai nt en anc e is required . This entails clea ning and rep lacing a fe w co mponents. Cleaning should be do ne once e very 6 mont hs. Replace ments should be don e afte r a specifi e d n u m be r of scan nin gs or print ing s. Cleaning Referen[...]

  • Página 846

    Cleaning Procedure Scanner [F] [D] [C] [B] [A] [E] [G] LOOKING AFTER THE MA CHINE LOOK I N G AF T ER TH E MACH I N E USER MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 155[...]

  • Página 847

    1. Prepa re a soft da mp clot h. 2. T ur n off the m ain p ow er s witch. 3. Lift u p the oper atio n pane l. 4. Clea n the separation roller [A] with the soft damp clo th, whil e ro tatin g th e roller . 5. Clean the white str ip [B] with the soft damp clot h. CA UTION: Do not da mag e th e sen sor act ua to r [G] (b lack plast ic) on th e white s[...]

  • Página 848

    7. T ur n the main po wer s wit ch of f . 8. Clea n th e exposure glas s [E] with the s of t damp clot h. 9. Clean the pick-up an d f eed rollers [F ] with the s of t damp clot h, while tur n ing the rollers in the direction shown in the diagram. 10. C l o se th e op er ation pane l. F E LOOKING AFTER THE MA CHINE LOOK I N G AF T ER TH E MACH I N E[...]

  • Página 849

    Main Cassette 1. Pull out th e casse tt e . 2. Clean t he ro l ler [G ] usin g th e sof t damp cl ot h. 3. Close the cassette . Optional Lower Cassette 1. Pull out th e optio nal lo wer ca ssette . 2. Clean t he rol ler [H ] wit h a sof t damp cl ot h. 3. Replace the l ow er casse tte to its origina l posit ion. H G USER MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE S LO [...]

  • Página 850

    Cleaning the Corona W ire Pleas e clea n th e coro na wire if the ver tica l black lines a ppear on th e pr int ing image. 1. Lift u p the oper atio n pane l. 2. Open the uppe r co v er . 3. Remove the to ner ca ssette. P lace it on a shee t of pap er . LOOKING AFTER THE MA CHINE LOOK I N G AF T ER TH E MACH I N E USER MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 159[...]

  • Página 851

    4. Gently dr ag the bl u e l e ver fr om en d to end twice. Make sure the le v er is re- turned on the origi nal po sitio n. 5. Re-install th e to ner casset te . Slide th e tone r cassette in to the ma - chine as far as it will go . Gently pu sh down th e c asse tte to s ecure it in p lace. 6. Close the uppe r cov er and lo w er th e op - era t i [...]

  • Página 852

    Replacing the ADF Roller Assembly and the Separation Pad Y ou shoul d re pla ce th e AD F(A uto D ocume nt F eeder) ro ll er asse mb l y an d th e separ ation pa d to pre v ent mi sf eed s about e v ery 30,000 sheet s. T o chec k how m an y shee ts you’ve sca nned , ple ase re f er th e sec tion title d "Coun ters " (Se e pa ge13 1). T [...]

  • Página 853

    5. Install th e ne w separat i on pad . Note: Push th e ne w separ at ion pad unti l you hear it clicking. 6. Close the op er ation pane l . USER MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE S LO OK ING A FT ER THE MA CH INE 162[...]

  • Página 854

    Replacing the Photoconductor The ph otoco nduct or receives the pr int image b ef ore it is trans f erred to paper . T o ensure opti mal qu ality , repla ce th em e ve r y 30,000 copie s. If the fo llowing display appears, replace th e ph otoco nduct or . T o check ho w man y sheet s y ou’v e printed, please re f er the secti on titl e d "Co[...]

  • Página 855

    4. Remo v e t he old the ph otoco nductor . 5 . Place the ph otoconduct or in the m achine . P a y a tten tio n to the g ree n kno b . One of them is m ark ed "R" f or ri ght side . 6. Remov e the b lac k sheet as sho wn in the lo w er pict ur e . 7. T u r n the green le v ers to lock the ph oto- cond uctor in pla c e. CAUTION: Never touc[...]

  • Página 856

    8. Replac e the toner cassette . Slide th e tone r cassette in to the ma - chine as far as it will go . Gently pu sh down th e c asse tte to s ecure it in p lace. 9. Close the uppe r cov er and the scan ne r . After you repla c e the ph otoco nduct or , rese t the c ount er for photoco nd uct or inside the machine . 1. The displa y is shown as oppo[...]

  • Página 857

    CAUTION: Do no t atte mpt to make any rep airs othe r than thos e describ ed in this man ual. Removing covers may expose you to dange rous voltages and other risks. Refer all servicing to qualified pe rson ne l. CHECK THE INDICA TORS AND DI SPLA Y P ANEL Check D is p la y ind icat or lights i f th er e are an y pr ob l ems. Check the de scri pt i o[...]

  • Página 858

    Adjusting the Document Feeder Depend ing o n th e th ickne ss o f th e pa per , th ree se tting s ca n be selec ted ; thin, normal, an d thick . 1. Ope n th e op er a ti o n pa nel. 2. T o meet the pape r ty pe to be scanned , adjust the l ever po sition as shown in th e foll owing ta ble. Paper Thickness Pressure Position Thin Low 1 Normal Normal [...]

  • Página 859

    COPY JAMS If "  " ap pe ar s in th e di sp l ay , there is a cop y jam . There ar e thre e possibl e locat ions: ❐ Cassette entra nce (Ma in Cassett e, Opt ional Paper Feed Ca ssette) ❐ Copy Feed Area (Ins ide the Machine, Co py Exit A rea) Cassette Entrance Main Cassette 1. Pull open the casset te . 2. G[...]

  • Página 860

    3. Re place the casse tte. Optional Lower Cassette 1. Pull out th e optio nal lo wer cassette. 2. Gently pull out the mis fe d pape r . Do no t leave any piece s inside . 3. Replac e th e low e r casset te. SOL VING PROBLEMS SOLV ING P ROB LEMS COPY JAM S 169[...]

  • Página 861

    Copy Feed Area Inside the Machine 1. Remove the copy tray . 2. Pull up and ope n th e opera tio n pa ne l . 3. Open th e up pe r cover . 4. Open t he f ront cov er . COPY JA MS SOL VING P ROB LEMS 170[...]

  • Página 862

    5. Pull out th e jamme d pa pe r caref ull y . CAUTIONS: ❐ Do not touch the fus ing uni t . It may be hot . ❐ Do not tou ch the ph otoc ond uctor dru m. Any toner on the paper will not be fixed to the pa per . Be ca reful not to get your hands or cl ot hing dirty . 6. Close the fr o nt cover and th e up pe r cover . 7. Close th e op erati o n p[...]

  • Página 863

    Copy Exit Area 1. Open the cop y exit cove r . 2. Ge ntly p ulled the jammed pa per . 3. Close the copy exit cove r . COPY JA MS SOL VING P ROB LEMS 172[...]

  • Página 864

    Copy Jams When Y ou Use the Optional Removable Cassette (Cassette Area) 1. Remove the removable cassette . 2. Pull ou t the cassett e. 3. Ge ntly p ull ou t th e misfed pape r . Do not leave any piece s inside . 4. Re place the casse tte. 5. Repla ce th e r em o vab le casse tt e. SOL VING PROBLEMS SOLV ING P ROB LEMS COPY JAM S 173[...]

  • Página 865

    COMMUNICA TI ON PROBLEMS If "  " appe ar s i n th e disp l ay: Press Stop . ❐ A poor line caused the com m u nica ti o n to fai l. ❐ The line is busy o r noisy . T ry to retransmit. ❐ The othe r mac hin e is out of order . ❐ Ask the othe r party to che ck their machin e. [...]

  • Página 866

    Problem Action Required Fequent original misfeeds Multifeeds Incorrect positioning of or iginals Put the document in the feeder correctly . See page 20. Incorrect alignment of origi nals Align the edges of the document. See page 20. Curled pages Flatten the document. S ee page 16. Incorrect document type Use a proper doc ument type. See pag[...]

  • Página 867

    T rans mission cannot take place; CLEAR OR IGINAL appears. The document is jammed in the feeder . Remove the j ammed document (see page 166) and repeat the transmission procedur e. The document may be longer than the maximum li mit (see page 15). Make sure that none of your origi nals exceed this limit. Do user maintenance, especi ally roll ers[...]

  • Página 868

    Copy paper mIsfeeds occur frequently . Is the proper paper in the paper tray? Paper si ze and weight must be within the standards set for this machine. Is folded, wrinkled, damp, or cur led paper in the paper tray? Always use dry , undamaged paper . Is the paper set properly in the paper tray ? Always load paper correctly . See page 146. Make[...]

  • Página 869

    DISPLA YED ERROR MESSAGES The followin g message s may appea r while y ou are operatin g or programming the machine . Y ou cannot use the auto-dialer at the moment. Use the ten-key pad or the handset. No polling reception oper ations have been programmed. There are no messages in memory waiti ng for transmission. There are no messages in memory wai[...]

  • Página 870

    ERROR CODES Fax ma chines use a tele phone line. The sa me typ es of p roblems you e xperien ce while m aking p hone cal ls (such as noi sy lines, crosstal k, disconn ection d uring conversatio n, weak sign als) also occur with faxin g. T e lephon e callers ca n d ea l with the pro blems the m s elves (for ex a mple, by s peakin g a bit louder), bu[...]

  • Página 871

    Code Possible Cause 2-xx Possible fault in your machine 4-00 The page took too long to send. Send again at a lower resolution, or without halftone. The line may be bad. 4-01 There is a bad line. The telephone li ne at the rear of the machine may be disconnected. 4-02 The received page was too long. 4-10 ID codes did not match. Co-ordinate ID c odes[...]

  • Página 872

    CALLING THE SER VICE ST A TION The machin e ha s a featur e cal le d Serv ic e Rep or t T ransmission . U se th i s fe at ure when yo ur machine is having problems. Th e machine will tran smit information about the co nditio n of your ma chine t o your s ervice re pres entativ e. A tech nician will then b e able to find out what the problem is b ef[...]

  • Página 873

    STORING TELEPHONE NUMBERS T o dial a tele phone number or store it a s a Quick Dial or Spee d Dial, type it in to the m achine a t th e ten-k ey p ad on the op era tion panel. STORING NAMES AND LABELS Y ou ca n enter n ames using the Quick Dial K eys. Use Quick Dial K eys 01 to 26 fo r the let te r s of th e al p ha be t, an d u se Quic k Dial 27 a[...]

  • Página 874

    Punctuation Marks and Symbols If y ou press Q uic k Dial ke y 28 while enter ing a lab el, y ou can enter the symbols. Selec t th e symbo les usin g th e  or  k eys. These are the symbo les you can ente r . & $ ! " # $ % & ’ ( ) * + , / : ; < > ? @ [ ¥ ] ^ Press Ye s wh en you ge t th e s ymbol you want to ente r . Editi[...]

  • Página 875

    ON/OFF SWITCHES AND USER P ARAMETERS Some of the f eature s in this m ach ine can be s witched on or of f , and some of them do not wo rk unless th ey are s witched o n first . Othe r f eature s can be adjusted in v ario us w a ys. Ea ch adjustment or on/off s witch is e xplaine d in the rele v a nt sec tions of the ma nual. There ar e tw o user fu[...]

  • Página 876

    On/off s witches av ailable in this menu are Feature Feature 1 T elephone Line T y pe 6 Memor y Lock 2 Authorized Reception 7 For warding 3 Night Timer 8 Multi-sor t Reception 4 Summer Time/DST 9 Cassette Selection 1 5 RDS ( 1 Optional Cassette required) User Parameter Settings A wide rang e of f eatures c an be switched on or of f by using the Use[...]

  • Página 877

    4. Eith er : ❐ Scroll throug h the s witche s with  and  until the req uired swit ch appears. Then go to s tep 3. ❐ Finish: Ye s and Function . The user par amete r s witches are outli ned bel ow ( * F actor y setting ). Switc h 00 - Home position settings Digit Purpose 0 Stamp 0: Off * 1: On 1 2 Contrast home position Digit 2 Digit 1 Set[...]

  • Página 878

    Switc h 03 - A utomatic printing of reports Digit Purpose 0 Communication result repor t (Memor y T ransmission) 0: Of f 1: On* 1 Do not change this setting. 2 File reser ve repor t 0: Off* 1: On 3 File reser ve repor t ( polling reception) 0: Off* 1: On 4 Communication res ult repor t (polling rec eption) 0: Off 1: On* 5 T ransmission result repor[...]

  • Página 879

    Switc h 07 - V arious Digit Purpose 0 to 1 Do not change these settings. 2 Par allel Memor y T ransmission 0: Off 1: On* 3 Auto Reduce 0: Off 1: On* 4 to 7 Do not change these settings. Switc h 08 - V arious Digit Purpose 0, 1 Multi-sor t reception Digit 1 Digit0 Setting X 0 Off* 0 1 Messages from senders whose RTI/CSIs are programmed are multi-cop[...]

  • Página 880

    Switc h 09 - V arious Digit Purpose 0, 1 Memor y lock Digit 1 Digit 0 Setting (F eature Expander Required) X 0 Off* 0 1 Only Lock messages from senders whose RTI/CSI’ s are programmed. 1 1 Lo c k all m e ss ag es e xce pt t h os e fr om send ers wh ose RTI/CSI’ s are program med. 2 to 7 Do not change these settings. Switc h 10 V arious Digit Pu[...]

  • Página 881

    Dimensions: 1 8.7" x 18.1" x 9.4" (W x D x H) Exclu ding tra ys, hand set and opti on al kits. W eight: 38.4 lb s Exclud ing the toner casse tt e , tr a ys and printer pa pe r . P ower Suppl y: 11 5 V a, 60 Hz; sing le phase P o wer Consumption: Stan d-by: Minimum - 2W , Nor ma l -25 W T ransmission : 40 W Recep tion: 220 W Cop ying:[...]

  • Página 882

    LOCA TION F or the best possib le perf or mance , i nst all y our machine in a pla ce w hich satisf ies the f ollo wing conditions. ❐ Not e xposed to d irect sunlig ht ❐ W ell v entilat ed (air tur nover at least three times per ho ur); to av oid the build-up of ozone , make sure to locate the machine in a large well-ventilated room which h as [...]

  • Página 883

    A T T A CHING THE DOCUMENT T ABLE AND DOCUMENT TRA Y 1. Op en t he f ront cover . 2. Atta ch the docume nt t able and the docu- ment t ra y as s hown. 3. Close the fron t cov er until you hear it clicks . If y our document is large, pull the e xtensions ou t. Attaching the Copy T r ay 1. Attach t he cop y tr a y as show n. 2. Y ou can also e xtend [...]

  • Página 884

    INST ALLING THE PHOTOCO NDUCTOR, TONER CASSETTE AND CLEAN ING P AD Bef ore usin g the mach ine, install the pho to condu ctor , ton er casse tte and cleanin g pa d th e as in the f ollo win g pro cedure 1. Lift u p the oper atio n pane l. 2. Open the fr o nt co v er . (Push the b utt on on the co v er .) 3. Place th e phot oco nd uct or in th e mac[...]

  • Página 885

    6. Pull out the tr ansparent sheet from the sid e of t he cassette , t hen remo v e the bl ac k sheet from t he fron t. 7. Slide the toner cassett e int o th e machine as f ar as it will go . Gently pu sh down the casse tte to secure it in place . 8. Install th e cl ea nin g pa d as sho wn in the il- lustlation. Match the positio n of t he ar ro w [...]

  • Página 886

    CONNECTING THE MACHINE CAUTION: Do not switch on until e verythin g is connect ed pro perly. Bef ore using the machine, it mus t be c onnec ted t o th e telep hone line c orrectly (see below). Whe n this has been done, plug in the power cable and switch the machine on . ❐ Make sure that it is prop er ly connec ted to th e telepho ne line an d th [...]

  • Página 887

    LOADING THE P APER IN THE CASSETTE When you load th e p aper in the casse tte, do t he follo wing. 1. Remov e the ca ssette . CAUTION: To avo id drop ping the casse tte hold it by the fron t and side while pulling it out. 2. Push t he meta l plat e do wn. 3. Pushing the metal plat e, turn ov er the cassette an d tak e out the cl ip as de m - onstra[...]

  • Página 888

    4. Make sure the po sitio ns of the two f enc es match th e pape r size by checking them again st the scale p rinted on the b ottom of th e pape r tr ay . The fences sho uld b e aligne d s o that the in side edge of e ach fence is jus t touchin g th e line of th e sc ale (top left capt ion). T o mov e a f ence , pinch the top le ver in and slid e t[...]

  • Página 889

    INST ALLING REMOV ABLE CASSETTE AND LOADING P APER (OPTION) 1. Pull out an d remo v e the cassette . 2. T u r n over the c asse tte and remov e the front co v er attached to th e cassett e as shown in the pict ure. Then close the cassette . 3. Remov e the cov er of the cassette. 4. Push the bottom plate u ntil it clicks. INSTALLING REMOVABLE CASSET[...]

  • Página 890

    5. Adjust the po si tio n of the bac k f ence . 6. Adjust the posi tio n of the sid e f ence Installing the long pape r e xten sion. 7. T u r n over the c asse tte. R emov e the e xtension. 8. T u r n over the c asse tte again and in sta ll the e xtension. 11 8 1 2 I NST ALLING THE MA CHINE APPENDIX INSTALLING REMOVABL E CASSETT E AND LOADING PAPER[...]

  • Página 891

    9. Rotate the d ial un til the ap propriat e siz e appear s . 10. Se t the paper under the corners . 1 1. Set the co v er of the remo v able cassette . 12. Install the remov able cassette . INSTALLING REMOVABLE CASSETT E AND LOADING PAPER (OPTI ON) APPENDIX 200[...]

  • Página 892

    A T T A CHING THE OPTIONAL HANDSET 1. Atta ch the hand set s tan d to the bracket by two scre ws. (A) Then atta ch th e bra c ket wit h stand to the machine b y two scre ws . (B) 2. T o av oid s lack wire ha nging at the rear o f the mach ine, attach t he cord clip . 1) Ins er t the cord into the cl ip a bout two thirds do wn (se e dia gr am). 2) P[...]

  • Página 893

    USING MANUAL FEED Y ou can set a sh ee t of pap er us ing the manua l f e eder whe n you make a cop y or print fr om th e PC ( Op tiona l Printe r Int erf ace is re qu ired ) . 1. Inser t a sheet of paper an d ali g n it w it h the r ight edge. P aper will be f ed. Note: If a pape r is left in the manua l f e eder f or 1 minute , it will be f ed ou[...]

  • Página 894

    SOME ITEMS MUST BE PROGRAMMED FIRST Overview After y ou ha ve instal led y our ne w ma chine and con nected it t o the telep hone line , t here are a f ew t hings that y ou ha v e t o do b ef ore y ou start to send f ax messages from y our new machine . Y ou should set up y our mach ine ’ s clock an d ident i ficatio n. In f act , f or f a x es s[...]

  • Página 895

    Setting the Date and T ime Y our f ax machine has an inte rnal clock. It controls the f ollowing f eatures. ❐ The time d ispla y on the operation pan el while the machine is idle. ❐ Oper a ti o n of t im e- d ela y f ea tu r es l ik e Send Later . ❐ The dat e and time that is printe d out on pag es that y ou r eceiv e, if Recep tion Time is s[...]

  • Página 896

    3 . Use the  an d  arrows on the scroll ke y to s witch th e f eature o n or of f . This mode is off i f th e di sp la y is shown as oppo site. 4. T o store your setting: Ye s . Setting Y our Machine’ s Identification There a r e t hr e e la bels w hic h i de nt ify y ourself t o the op er ato r at the o th er en d. These la be l s ar e cal[...]

  • Página 897

    R TI (Remote T erminal Identification) Y ou r RTI appears on the oth er par ty’ s operation pane l dur ing communic ation, if the othe r machin e w as made b y the sam e m an uf acturer a s y ours. The R TI can hav e up to 20 charac ters (numb ers an d lette rs ca n be used , alo ng with some punctuatio n marks). Progr am somet hing ea sy to reco[...]

  • Página 898

    ❐ T o ente r the R TI from t he st andby mode , p ress Function 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 and Ye s . An d th en p ress  until the scree n is a s sh own oppos ite. Then press Ye s . ❐ If y ou ha ve just en ter the R TI in the pre vious pro cedure, press Ye s . 2. Eith er : ❐ If no TTI h as be en stor e d, i n pu t the TTI using the Quick Dial k e ys an[...]

  • Página 899

    1. Eith er : ❐ If you are star ting the standby mode, press Function, 6 2 2 2 2 6 1 an d Ye s . An d then p ress  until the scree n is a s sh own oppos ite. Finally press Ye s . ❐ If you hav e just ent ered th e TTI i n the pr e vious pro cedure , press Ye s . 2. Inpu t your tele phon e numbe r . Exam p l e: 212555 67 89 Note: Not mo re th a[...]

  • Página 900

    QUICK DIAL, SPEED DIAL, AND GROUP DIAL Three Convenient W ays to Dial Instea d of dialin g the full numb er on the fax machine’ s k eypad, you can use Speed Dial, Quick Dial or Group Dial. These f eatures a llow y ou to store t elephon e numbers in your machine’ s memo r y . (A stored number will remain in the memor y , and you can use it as ma[...]

  • Página 901

    Y ou can als o acce ss Sp eed Dia l codes u sing th e T elephone Direc tor y f eat ure (see pa ge 31). Y ou can stor e up to 30 Quick Dial K eys and 100 Sp eed Dial Cod es in this mode l. When y ou store a Quic k Dial or Sp ee d D i al, yo u can al so sto r e th e na m e of the other pa r t y as a q uick ref e rence (this name will be display ed on[...]

  • Página 902

    Programming Quick Dial This machine has 30 Quick Dial K eys (01 to 30), each of which can be programmed as one of the f o llowing: Quick Dial K ey , G roup , A uto Document, or K eyst r ok e Progr am. The page n u m be r in t he f ollowi n g t ab le sho ws th e locat i on of the programming pro cedure. 1 Quic k Dial A f ax or telephone number This [...]

  • Página 903

    5. Ye s . 6. T o enter the label f or this Quic k Dial press Ye s . Note: If yo u do n ot wis h to enter a la- bel, pre ss No . Go to st ep 9. 7. Enter th e l ab el Example: NEW Y ORK OFFICE Enter th e cha r acters using th e Qu ic k Dial K eys and th e ten key pad. F or ho w to e nter label, see pa ge 7. 8. Ye s . 9. Switch La bel Inser tion On or[...]

  • Página 904

    5. Eith er : ❐ Change the label: Edit the e xisting label , then press Ye s . And go to ste p 6. ❐ K eep the labe l as it is: press Ye s twi ce. G o to st ep 8 6. Edit the label. Example: LONDON OFFICE F o r how to edit: See page 182. 7. Ye s . 8. Switch La be l Inser tion On or Off us in g  or  , th en Y es. 9. Eith er : ❐ Edit anot he[...]

  • Página 905

    Printing Quick Dial List or Quick Key Label 1. Press Functi on 3 1 and Ye s . 2. Press  . 3. Se lect "LIST" f or Quic k Dial List or "LABEL" f or Quick K ey Label using  or  and Ye s . 4. Star t . Note: Quic k K ey Label. ❐ Remov e the transpar ent sh eet from t he op eration pan el. The n stick the Q uick K ey Labe l[...]

  • Página 906

    Programming a New Speed Dial 1. Function 3 2 and Ye s . 2. Inpu t th e Sp eed Dial Code that you wish to program (from 00 to 9 9). Exam ple: If y o u prog r am th e Speed D i al cod e 01 , press 0 and 1 from the te n ke y pa d 3. Ye s . 4. Ente r the t eleph one number a t th e op era- tion pane l’ s te n ke y pad. If your mac hine is behind a PB[...]

  • Página 907

    Editing a Speed Dial 1. Function 3 2 and Ye s . 2. Inpu t th e Sp eed Dial Code that you wish to edit (from 00 to 99 ). Examp l e: If y o u ed i t th e Sp ee d D i al code 0 1, press 0 and 1 from the ten ke y pad. Note: Also y ou can search the Speed Dial code with  and  after pressing  . 3. Ye s . 4. Edit the n umber . ❐ Enter number[...]

  • Página 908

    Erasing a Speed Dial 1. Function 3 2 and Ye s . 2. Inpu t th e Sp eed Dial Code that you wish to e rase. Ex ampl e: If you erase the Speed Dial c ode 01; pres s 0 and 1 from th e te n k ey pad. ❐ If the wrong number is displa yed, use the and to scroll through the Speed Dial Codes on the screen. 3. Ye s . 4. No and Ye s . After er asing a nu mber[...]

  • Página 909

    ❐ There are 7 group s, from 1 to 7. Example : Grou p: 1 Enter 1 from th e te n ke y pad an d Ye s . ❐ If th is group alread y e xis ts, go to step 4. ❐ If you input th e wron g group num b er , press No . 3. Eith er : ❐ If y ou do not wan t to p rogr a m this group into a Quick Dial ke y , No and go to step 6 . ❐ If you want to program th[...]

  • Página 910

    10. Ye s If "  " ap- pears, eithe r ; ❐ K eep t he n umb er : No ❐ Erase th e numbe r : Ye s Note: Do no t store more than 132 numbe rs in a Group . 11. Eith er : ❐ Input anot her numb er : Go to s tep 9 . ❐ Finish storin g number s in this grou p: No . And go to step 12 . 12. [...]

  • Página 911

    4. Eith er : ❐ If y ou wa nt chan ge the labe l, pre ss Ye s . Edit the lab el and pre s s Ye s . ❐ If you keep th is l abe l, pre ss No . 5. Input a n umber that y ou wish to st ore in or erase from the group . Exam ple: Quic k Dial 01: Quick Dial key 0 1 Speed Dial 30: Speed Dial , 3 and 0 on t he ten k e y pad. Full number : Enter it at t he[...]

  • Página 912

    Storage Capacity for T elephone Numbers When you use the thre e f eatures lis te d in the follo wing table, y ou can dial more than one n um b er . Some funct ion s ha ve dif f erent capaci tie s . COMMUNICA TION FEA TURE P A GE MAX. NUMBE R OF ADDRESSES/F AX MESSA G E TOT A L FA X E S TOT A L ADDRESSES FOR ALL FA X E S MAX. ST ORED Pag e s Broadca[...]

  • Página 913

    DEALING WITH JUNK F AX MAIL The fo llo wing f eatures will help you to reject u nwanted junk f ax mail. ❐ A uthor ized Recept ion: s ee page 8 9. ❐ Closed Networ k (Rec eption ): se e page 112 . ❐ Rejecti on of Messag es fro m Unau thoriz ed Se nders: see p age 88 . OTHER ITEMS TO PROGRAM A T YOUR LEISURE The f ollowing f eatures will help yo[...]

  • Página 914

    ADF (A utomatic Document Feeder): A de vice which f eeds the pages of a m ultipa ge docum en t on e at a tim e , in the order that yo u arr anged the pages in th e stac k. Batch Num bering (P age Count): This is a wa y of numb er ing p ages that a llows you to ch eck wheth er you received all pages, an d if not, whic h on es are missi ng. F or exam[...]

  • Página 915

    ECM (Error Correction Mode): This is sign aling meth od th at is desi gned to elimi n at e tr ansmi ssi o n err o r s on e ven the no i si est of te l ep ho ne lin es . See page . EFC: This is a propr iet ar y digital data co mpre ssion techniq ue. It shor tens the time for sendin g a pa ge . Factory Setting: The factor y sett ing of a fu nction is[...]

  • Página 916

    P olling File: This is a set of instructions (destinations to be polled, time of polling) f or polling reception. Pulse Dialing: This me thod o f dia ling us es a str ing o f pu lses to repre sent eac h dial ed di git. Reception: The ac t of r eceivin g a do cument . Reduction: If y our docum ent is wide r tha n the paper a va ilab le in th e othe [...]

  • Página 917

    Quick Refe rence Ca rd Function List: To access the functions below, press the function key, then enter the function’s number.  No Function 11 Polling Reception 12 Confidential Transmission 13 Transfer Request 14 Secured polling Transmission 15 Free Polling Transmiss ion 16 Scanner Mode 21 Erasing Memory Files 22 Erasing Polling Reception File[...]

  • Página 918

    Basic trans mission p rocedure Memory Transmission Immediate Tranmission 1 Make sure that the m achine is in stand by mode. 2 Check that the Mem ory indicator is lit. If it is not lit, press MEMORY Check that the Memory indicator is not Lit. If it is lit, press MEMORY 3 Carefully place the document in the feeder. 4 Select the contrast and resolusio[...]

  • Página 919

    Programming Quick Di al Sp eed Dial 1 Function 31 Yes Function 32 Yes 2 Press the Qui c k D i al Ke y that you wi sh to p rogr am input the Speed Dial Code that you wish to prog ram 3 Enter the telephone number with the Ten key pad 4 Press Yes 5 Input a label using Qu ick Dial Key, then Press Yes or Do not program a label Press NO . 6 Press Functio[...]

  • Página 920

    REPORT Automatically Printed Report SETTING S ON/OFF DEFAULT Confidential File Report User P ar am et er S wit ch 04 digit 0 ON Communication Fa ilure Report NOTE Error Report Contact Service Technician ON Memory Storage Rep ort U se r P ar am et er Sw it ch 03 digit 2 OFF Polling Result Report User Parameter Switch 03, digit 4 ON Polling Reserve R[...]

  • Página 921

    FUNCTION LIST No. Fun ction Pa ge 11 P olling Reception 121 12 Confidential T ransmission 60 13 T ransf er Request 50 14 Secured P olling T ransmission 118 15 F ree P olling T ransmiss ion 117 16 Scanner Mode* — 21 Erasing Memor y Files 123 22 Erasing P olling Reception Files 123 23 Erasing P olling T ransmission Files 123 24 Erasing PC-memor y T[...]

  • Página 922

    Index A Activity Report (Journal) 137, 141, 143 Add Paper Indicator 146 Add T oner Indicator 147 - 148, 193 AI Short Protocol 135 Authorized Reception 89 Authorized Reception List 1 13, 144 On/Off switch 90 Auto Document 62 Auto Receive Mode 43 B Batch T ransmission 78 Broadcasting 22 Buzz er Alar m 25 V olume Control 49 C Center Mark, on/off 107 C[...]

  • Página 923

    K Keystroke Pr ograms 55 L Language Selection 203 Lightning protection 7 - 8 Line Fail Indicator 174 M Manual Receive Mode 43 Marker (Stamp) 40 Memory & Display 6 Memory Lock 84 - 85 Memory Lock ID 84 On/Off switch 85 Memory Storage Report 137 On/Off switch 139 Memory T ransmiss ion 18, 25, 38 Multi-sort Document Reception 104 N Night T imer 12[...]

  • Página 924

    Q Quick Dial 209 Programming 21 1 Using a Quick Dial number 21 - 22 Quic k Dial K eys 13 Quick Dial/User Func tion List 143 Quick Key Label List 145 R RDS (Remote Diagnostic Sys tem) 134 Receive File Indicator 44, 82 Reception Auto Receive Mode 43 Confidential Reception 80 Manual Receive Mode 43 Mode Selection 43 Receiving Confidential Messages 80 [...]

  • Página 925

    U User Maintenance Procedures 154 User Parameter List 144 User Parameters 185 V V erification Stamp 40 V olume Control, Speaker & Buzz er 49 W Well Log T ransmission 79 Wild Cards 102 Y Y our Machine’s T elephone Number 51[...]

  • Página 926

    SUPPLIES CAUTION: Ricoh sha ll not b e respo nsible f or any d amages or expe nse th at may result from the use of parts oth er than recommend ed parts. TO NER CASSETTES ❐ RICOH T ONER CASSETTE TYPE 15 0 is recommend ed for the b est performance. ST AMP ❐ MARKER TYPE 30 is recommende d for the best performance. PHOTO CONDUCT OR ❐ RICOH PHOT O[...]